Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Beverages - Non-Alcoholic / Nichols PLC

Nichols PLC

nicl · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker nicl
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Beverages - Non-Alcoholic
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Nichols PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A N N U A L   R E P O R T

2
0
2
2

WELCOME

- TO  OU R  -
ANNUAL REPORT

Nichols plc is an international soft drinks 
business with sales globally, selling products 
in both the still and carbonate categories.

The Group is home to the iconic Vimto brand which is 

popular in the UK and around the world, particularly in 

the Middle East and Africa. Other brands in its portfolio 

include Feel Good, Starslush, ICEE, SLUSH PUPPiE, 

Levi Roots and Sunkist.

2

2
2

1
1

1

WELCOMEANNUAL REPORT 2022CONTENTS

STR ATEGIC REPORT

Key Performance Indicators

Chairman’s Statement

Our Business Model

Chief Executive Officer’s Report

Happier Future Progress Report

Chief Financial Officer’s Report

Risk Management

Section 172 Report

GOVERNANCE

The Board

Corporate Governance Statement

Audit Committee Report

Remuneration Committee Report

Nomination Committee Report

Directors’ Report

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent Auditor’s Report

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial Position

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Statement of Changes in Equity

Notes to the Financial Statements

Unaudited Five Year Summary

Notice of Annual General Meeting

General Notes

Financial Calendar

12

14

16

18

30

56

62

68

76

78

86

90

98

100

108

118

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

167

168

172

174

2

3

ANNUAL REPORT 2022OUR
BRANDS

OUR
PORTFOLIO

At Nichols we are 
proud to offer a leading 
portfolio of distinctive, 
iconic brands, which 
meet a variety of 
consumer needs and 
occasions. 

PACKAGED

Our Packaged range 
includes Still and 
Carbonates in a range 
of formats.

Vimto is the refreshingly different 

Our Vimto range includes squash, 

soft drink that has it all. Created 

carbonates, still drinks, flavoured 

in Manchester in 1908 by John 

waters and frozen drinks. With 

Noel Nichols, Vimto was originally 

a choice of unique flavours and 

designed as a herbal tonic to give 

Original and No Added Sugar 

its drinkers ‘Vim and Vigour’. 

options, there are lots of ways to 

For over 100 years, we have been 

enjoy Vimto. This also includes 

mixing our secret recipe – a blend 

our extensive range of licensed 

of fruits, herbs and spices – to 

products – from protein powders 

produce a unique and irresistible 

and fruit spreads to desserts and 

range of drinks. 

confectionery.

Today, we’re the 9th most chosen 
beverage brand in the UK1, and 

are enjoyed in 73 countries around 

the world. 

4

5

Refreshingly different. Unmistakably

1Kantar – British Brand Footprint 2021

ANNUAL REPORT 2022OUR BRANDSLevi Roots is one of the UK’s best loved and most successful 

Experience the taste of California with Sunkist, the brand that has been 

Feel Good is a range of fruitful sparkling waters available in three unique 

entrepreneurs. In 2010, we were proud to gain the licence to create Levi’s 

making waves since 1978. Our Sunkist product range reflects the brand’s 

flavours that are 100% natural with no added sugar. Feel Good has a 

range of low sugar carbonated soft drinks – offering a mouth-watering 

Californian roots of sun, sand and surf and makes Sunkist a firm favourite 

mission to ‘make the world feel better one sip at a time’, donating 3% 

taste of the Caribbean. These delicious, tropical fruit flavours each put a 

across the UK. Available in a variety of refreshing low sugar flavours.

of sales to initiatives that support people and planetary wellbeing and 

little “music in your glass”.

through our ‘You Buy We Plant’ initiative, helping to restore our marine 

ecosystems and protect against climate change. 

OUR
BRANDS

OUT OF HOME

POST-MIX

COFFEE

We’re a one stop shop for 
the UK’s hospitality and 
leisure industry with the 
widest range of iconic soft 
drinks brands for frozen, 
post-mix and coffee 
occasions.

We offer the widest range of 

Working in partnership with Jacobs 

owned and licensed post-mix 

Douwe Egberts – one of the largest 

brands in the industry. This 

coffee roasters in the world, we 

includes many of the biggest and 

supply high quality coffee blends 

most well-loved brands in the UK, 

including Douwe Egberts, Kenco, 

alongside our own premium range 

and the unique liquid roast coffee 

of post-mix drinks, offering our 

concept Cafitesse.

customers unrivalled choice. 

6 6

7

ANNUAL REPORT 2022OUR BRANDSOUR
BRANDS

OUT OF HOME

FROZEN

We’re a one stop shop for 
the UK’s hospitality and 
leisure industry with the 
widest range of iconic soft 
drinks brands for frozen, 
post-mix and coffee 
occasions.

We are the UK’s leading frozen 

ICEE - Frozen, fizzy and full of 

beverage supplier with a range of 

flavour, there’s no other slush like 

enviable category leading brands 

the world’s No.1 brand - ICEE. A 

favourite in the USA and around 

the globe since 1967, ICEE is the 

Swizzle Fizzle Freshy Freezy frozen 

drink, with a range that can be 

found chilling in some of the 

UK’s largest cinema chains and 

premium leisure venues.

8 8

9

ANNUAL REPORT 2022OUR BRANDSStarslush  is the perfect addition to add some thirst-quenching fun to 

family days out, with a full range of fabulous flavours, from traditional 

Strawberry and Blue Raspberry to Vimto and Unicorn Watermelon. With 

full-on flavour, and zero sugar – you can feel good about ‘Bursting Your 

Thirst’ with Starslush.

SLUSH PUPPiE, the iconic and original frozen drink has been loved by 

consumers across the world for over 50 years. Available in a range of 

four delicious fruit flavours that are all sugar free, vegan friendly and 

contain Vitamin C, it’s the perfect combination of frozen, healthy fun for 

all to enjoy.

STR ATEGIC

REPORT

Key Performance Indicators

Chairman’s Statement

Our Business Model

Chief Executive Officer’s Report

Our Happier Future Progress Report 

Chief Financial Officer’s Report

Risk Management

Section 172 Report

12

14

16

18

30

56

62

68

10

11

CONTENTSSTRATEGIC REPORTKEY
PERFORMANCE
INDICATORS

REVENUE (£M)

ADJUSTED PBT1  (£M) AND MARGIN (%)

PBT (£M) AND MARGIN (%)

This year we have reviewed our 
Key Performance Indicators based 
on our 2022 Strategic Review.

142.0

147.0

144.3

164.9

118.7

31.8

32.4

22.4%

22.1%

25.0

21.8

15.1%

15.1%

11.6

9.8%

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

+£20.6m

+14.3%

+£3.2m

+14.5%

31.8

32.4

22.4%

22.1%

13.8

8.4%

6.5

5.5%

(12.2%)

(17.7)

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

+£31.5m

+178.4%

STATUTORY EBITDA2  (£M)

ADJUSTED1 BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE 
(PENCE)

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE (PENCE)

33.9

37.0

26.9

23.7

69.23

72.81

69.23

72.81

55.38

46.15

16.5

25.56

31.86

13.14

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

+£3.2m

+13.3%

+9.23p

+20.0%

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

(60.04)

+91.90p

+153.1%

FREE CASH FLOW3  (£M)

STATUTORY ROCE4  (%)

FULL YEAR DIVIDEND (PENCE)

19.6

21.4

17.6

17.5

14.6

28.7%

26.3%

38.1

36.8

27.7

23.1

14.2%

5.2%

12.4

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

-£2.9m

-16.7%

(15.8%)

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

+30.0ppts

+4.60p

+19.9%

13

1 Excluding Exceptional items. 
2 EBITDA is the statutory profit before tax, interest,  
depreciation, and amortisation.
3 Free Cash Flow is the net increase in cash and cash 
equivalents before acquisition funding and dividends. 
4 Statutory return on capital employed is the operating profit 
divided by the average period-end capital employed.

12

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORSSTRATEGIC REPORTCHAIRMAN’S
STATEMENT

JOH N

-  NICHOLS   -
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

It gives me great 
pleasure to write to our 
shareholders in what is 
my final report as Non-
Executive Chairman of 
Nichols.     

Actions are expected to be 

In the UK, revenue increased by 

implemented throughout FY23, 

13.7% versus last year to £127.0m 

with benefits being realised largely 

(2021: £111.6m) as the OoH route 

in FY24 and beyond. Given the 

to market, and in particular the 

differing strategic challenges 

Dispense business, recovered post 

between our Packaged and OoH 

the pandemic. The Vimto brand 

routes to market, the Group will 

be segmented during FY23 to 

continued to progress by +3.0% to 
£105.9m, according to Nielsen1.

Vimto continues to perform well 

ensure appropriate strategic focus 

both in the UK and internationally 

exists for each of its two proposed 

and despite ongoing inflationary 

operating segments.

pressures, which accelerated 

during the second half, the brand 

TRADING

has ensured a robust financial 

Total Group revenues for the 

performance for the Group. In 

period were £164.9m, an increase 

the UK we have again seen the 

of 14.3% compared to 2021, 

brand outperform in dilutes and 

with all routes to market and 

continued to make significant 

geographies progressing in the 

progress in the ready to drink  

period. 

Sales across our International 

markets were £38.0m, an 

increase of 16.1% (underlying 

+13.4% adjusting for the impact 

of the completion of the Group’s 

marketing investment in the 

Middle East in 2021) versus the 

prior year (2021: £32.7m). Revenue 

in Africa increased 15.0%, following 

a 17.1% growth last year which 

was particularly pleasing given the 

(RTD) subcategory. Internationally, 

we continued to see solid growth 

across all regions. In particular, 

it was pleasing to see strong 

underlying growth in both the 

Middle East and Africa given the 

importance of these markets to 

the Group.

Revenue of Still products increased 

long-term opportunity presented 

by 8.2% to £78.3m (2021: 

by these markets.

£72.4m), driven by the strong 

performance of the Vimto Squash 

SHARE BUYBACK

and RTD brands in the UK and 

On 14 December 2021, the Group 

the progression of Vimto Cordial 

announced its plans to conduct 

in the Middle East. Revenue from 

on-market purchases under 

Carbonated products increased 

a share buyback programme. 

As Out of Home (OoH) recovers 

20.4% to £86.6m (2021: £71.9m), 

This included the intention to 

from the impact of the pandemic, 

driven largely by the recovery 

repurchase up to 453,486 ordinary 

the Group’s OoH Strategic 

Review is now complete, with 

opportunities for net margin 

improvement identified. 

of the Group’s OoH Dispense 

shares of 10p each in the capital of 

business as outlets fully reopened 

the Group (the ‘Ordinary Shares’), 

following the pandemic, and by 

representing up to approximately 

continued strong growth in Africa.

1.2 per cent of the Group’s issued 

share capital, pursuant to the 

have identified an outstanding 

authority obtained at the Group’s 

candidate with significant 

PBT2 to be in line with FY22 
and market expectations3, with 

most recent Annual General 

experience in consumer-facing 

International ahead and OoH 

Meeting (AGM) at that time, held 

businesses and public company 

behind initial market forecasts. 

on 28 April 2021 (“the Buyback”).

boards.  

The Buyback was put in place 

Liz joined the Group as a 

to meet the Group’s future 

Non-Executive Director (NED) on 

obligations under its SAYE Option 

1 February 2023 and will become 

Scheme and/or Long-Term 

Non-Executive Chair on 26 April 

The Board remains confident of 

significant progress in FY24 as 

inflationary pressures abate and 

the benefits of the Out of Home 

Strategic Review are realised. 

Incentive Plan. The Buyback was 

2023 following the conclusion of 

With a long-term track record 

completed on 5 April 2022 and was 

the AGM on that date, subject to 

of growth, a proven and 

funded from the Group’s existing 

her re-appointment as a Director. 

diversified strategy in the UK and 

cash resources. All Ordinary 

Shares repurchased are now held 

in treasury. The weighted average 

price paid was 1428.18 pence and 

the total cost of the Buyback in the 

period was £5.5m. 

I am delighted to remain on 

the Board as a NED, taking the 

second of the two Nichols family 

Board seats, agreed as part of the 

Relationship Agreement signed in 

July 2020 alongside my son James 

internationally, a quality range 

of brands and a strong balance 

sheet, the Board remains highly 

confident that the Group is very 

well positioned to deliver its 

long-term growth plans.

DIVIDEND

Nichols.

Considering the Group’s improved 

OUTLOOK

performance in the period and 

in-line with the Group’s stated 

dividend policy of broadly 2x cover, 

the Board today proposes a final 

dividend of 15.3p which, together 

with the interim dividend paid, 

would result in a full year dividend 

for 2022 of 27.7p, representing a 

19.9% increase year-on-year. 

The Group has a proven, 

diversified, and international 

business model. However, it is 

John Nichols

not immune to the significant and 

Non-Executive Chairman

accelerating inflationary pressures 

28 February 2023

impacting the wider consumer 

and soft drinks markets. Whilst 

FY23 will be a challenging year 

as cost of living pressures impact 

Subject to approval at the Group’s 

consumer demand across all 

AGM on 26 April 2023, payment 

routes to market, the Group will 

will be made on 4 May 2023. The 

continue to seek to mitigate 

ex-dividend date and record date 

these pressures through 

will be 23 March and 24 March 

both cost efficiency and 

2023 respectively.

revenue management. 

CHAIR SUCCESSION

Throughout FY22, 

this has helped 

I announced at the last AGM that, 

the Vimto brand 

after 15 years in the role, it was my 

continue to grow 

intention to retire as Non-Executive 

in the UK and 

Chair once a suitable replacement 

internationally, 

had been identified. On 11 January 

which the Board 

2023, the Board was pleased to 

announce the appointment of 

is confident will 

continue in FY23.

Elizabeth (Liz) McMeikan as the 

The Board 

Group’s next Non-Executive Chair. 

currently expects 

In Liz, the Nominations Committee 

FY23 Adjusted 

14

1 Nielsen IQ RMS data for the Total Soft Drinks category for the YTD ending 31December 2022 for the GB Total Coverage market.
2 Excluding exceptional items. 3 FY23 market expectations refers to a Group compiled consensus of adjusted PBT of £25.1m.

15

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENTSTRATEGIC REPORTOUR

BUSINESS
MODEL
EXISTS TO
MAKE
LIFE

IN GREDIE NTS

Like all great tastes - it all starts 
with the best ingredients!
The ‘Vimto secret recipe’ is 
testimony to this. 

CONSUMER S

It’s ultimately all about 

getting our much loved 

brands into people’s hands!

M ANUFACTURE

Our much loved products are 

made by the very best - ourselves 

or our supplier partners.

RETAILER S

Our retailers vary from some 

of the biggest to some of the 

smallest in the world.

TR ANSPORT

We use the most effective distribution 

solutions to meet customer needs,

whether that be via our own team or an 

expert partner.

16

17

OUR BUSINESS MODELSTRATEGIC REPORTCHIEF
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER’S 
REPORT
ANDR EW

-  MILNE  -
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

logistical challenges relating to 

consumers can enjoy our brands 

the strike action that occurred 

on a daily basis. A key initiative 

in Spain during the first half of 

that has been successfully 

2022 that, whilst not affecting 

delivered to drive this during the 

the overall year performance, 

year was the transition of our 

did cause a phasing issue H1 to 

dilutes contract manufacturing 

H2. Whilst our teams have had 

to more efficient and faster lines 

to be flexible and continuously 

that has increased our capability 

adapt to changing circumstances, 

and capacity at an underlying 

I am really pleased that our 

favourable cost of goods position. 

I am incredibly proud to 
say that Vimto is the only 
UK dilutes brand to have 
achieved growth pre, 
during, and post Covid. 

clear strategy and diversified 

business model have enabled 

us to successfully overcome the 

challenges throughout the year 

and, ultimately, deliver returns for 

our shareholders. 

The performance of the Vimto 

brand was central to the Group’s 

success in 2022. Vimto’s unique 

flavour continues to be loved by 

consumers across the globe. In 

the UK, the brand saw growth of 

3.0%1 during the year, once again 

outperforming the dilutes and 

ready to drink (RTD) subcategories.

One of the Group’s key strategic 

focus areas in 2022 was to drive 

further operational excellence, 

with the objective of delivering 

enhanced levels of product 

availability and ensuring our 

I am incredibly proud 
of the Group’s strong 
performance in 2022, 
which is a great 
testament to the 
commitment, resilience 
and determination of the 
entire Nichols team as 
we navigated what was a 
challenging and volatile 
trading environment.

The teams should be 
very pleased with what 
we have achieved this 
year, delivering strong 
sales growth across all 
our key geographies.  

Having experienced 

unprecedented trading conditions 

in recent years because of 

the Covid-19 pandemic, 2022 

was another challenging and 

unpredictable year. We saw rapidly 

rising inflation, increased cost of 

living pressures on consumers 

and experienced a number of 

HAPPIER FUTURE

communities we serve and 

The Vimto brand continued to 

At the beginning of the year, 

we shared our Happier Future 

sustainability commitments with 

our stakeholders, and I am pleased 

to report that in 2022 we made 

strong progress against our three 

key pillars of:

looking after our Nichols plc 

family and giving back to our 

local communities

Developing products that allow 

consumers to make healthier 

choices, strengthening our 

approach to responsible sourcing, 

and continuing to find sustainable 

packaging solutions

ensuring that we continue to 

perform well in 2022 and, once 

launch a range of No Added 

again, delivered strong value sales 

Sugar (NAS) products to offer our 

of £105.9m. This was a result of 

consumers a balanced choice of 

the continued investment in its 

product range. Within our Owning 

distribution channels, product 

Our Climate Impact pillar we have 

availability, innovation, promotions 

delivered on transitioning all our 

and strong marketing campaigns.

Nichols UK sites to be operating on 

100% renewable energy. You can 

read more on our Happier Future 

strategy and progress during the 

year in our FY22 Happier Future 

Progress Report.

UK SOFT DRINKS1

The UK soft drinks market 

delivered value growth during 

2022 of 9.2% with a total market 

value of £10.5bn (2021: 9.6bn). 

However, market sales volumes 

declined 2.1% year-on-year, 

mainly due to the impact of cost 

of living pressures on consumers 

The dilutes category continued to 

be a segment where we flourished. 

I am incredibly proud to say that 

Vimto is the only UK dilutes brand 

to have achieved growth pre, 

during, and post Covid. Building 

on the momentum of our brand 

re-launch in 2021, Vimto dilutes 

continues to gain market share 

from peers and during 2022 we 

further cemented our clear No.2 

position in the market. Vimto 

Squash is the fastest-growing 

dilutes brand and outperformed 

the sub-sector by 2.3% in 2022. 

and despite the easing of trading 

Our Vimto Still RTD range 

and social restrictions imposed 

experienced significant value 

during the Covid-19 pandemic. 

growth in 2022, achieving 15.9% 

This value growth reflected price 

year-on-year sales growth, and a 

Ensuring we are conducting our 

increases seen across the market 

+3.8% market outperformance. 

business in the most sustainable 

in response to 

way to protect the world around us

inflationary 

pressures.

Our people are focused on 

embedding our commitments 

and pledges in these key areas 

across all our business practices. 

Sustainability is front of mind for 

everyone, and key to our day-

to-day decision-making. Some 

of our key highlights during the 

year included launching our first 

Camp Vimto programme which 

is focused on raising aspirations     

and driving opportunities for 

young people in the 

w
e
i
v
o
t
e
r
e
h
n
a
c
S

e
g
n
a
r

l
l

u
f

r
u
o

18

1 Nielsen IQ RMS data for the Total Soft Drinks, Squash, Flavoured Carbonates and RTD Stills category for the YTD ending 31 December 2022 for the GB 

Total Coverage market

19
19

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Levi Roots brand had another successful year, 

delivering strong value growth of 5.3%. This has been 

driven by an increase in the number of distribution 

points across wholesale and convenience channels, 

alongside a successful sales distribution drive, 

ensuring that the Levi Roots brand is readily accessible 

for both retailers and consumers. 

Our Feel Good brand continues 

on-trade. In addition to our retail 

Wales through our 

to see accelerated customer 

distribution wins, our new direct to 

#youbuyweplant programme.

and consumer demand, with 

consumer partnership will unlock 

year-on-year volume and revenue 

more growth for the brand online.

Throughout 2022, we continued to 

work closely with all our customers 

growth. This was driven by strong 

distribution gains for multi-packs 

into new grocery retailers as well 

as new listings for our single serve 

range in the 

In April 2022, Feel Good launched 

across our UK grocery, foodservice, 

an exciting new partnership 

discounter and wholesale channels 

with Project Seagrass, a marine 

to ensure their needs are at the 

conservation charity dedicated 

heart of our operations. The 

to global seagrass meadow 

strength of these relationships is 

protection. We supported the 

paramount to ensuring our end 

protection of the UK’s first 

consumers can enjoy our products 

seagrass nursery in

each day.

This has been achieved as a result 

Innovation continued to be a 

of winning several new listings for 

key growth driver in 2022 as 

our products across a range of key 

we launched a range of exciting 

outlets during the year.

new products that all share the 

2022 has been a challenging year 

for our Carbonates portfolio. 

We have faced significant cost of 

goods pressures in what is a highly 

competitive subcategory. 

unique and distinctive Vimto taste 

experience. We remain passionate 

and committed to providing 

consumers with the opportunities 

to make balanced and informed 

choices when it comes to healthy 

As a result we have focused on 

hydration, with all our Packaged 

protecting our margins which has 

products now High in Fat, Salt 

resulted in both value (-3.3%) and 

and Sugar (HFSS) compliant. Our 

volume decline (-16.4%).

product launches in 2022 included:

•  Vimto Zero Cherry, Raspberry &

  Blackcurrant Sparkling 

•  Vimto Zero Blackberry, 

  Raspberry & Blueberry Still

•  Two new NAS dilutes flavours - 

  Vimto Orange and Pineapple,

on platforms including TV, video 

  and Vimto Mango and 

on demand, digital, social media 

  Passionfruit 

Following its launch in 2021, 

summer 2022 saw the return of 

Vimto’s highly successful ‘Find 

Your Different’ marketing and 

and in cinemas. The campaign 

was seen by around six million 

consumers in total, with 80% of 

this group sitting within our key 

target audience of families.

advertising campaign. Building on 

In addition to our broadcast 

the strength of its activation last 

communications, we also ran two 

year, the multi-media campaign 

promotions across our Carbonates 

continued to drive a strong uplift 

and RTD ranges, including our ‘Big 

in overall brand awareness,  

Cash Giveaway’ and ‘Love Potion’ 

consideration and engagement, 

initiatives in the impulse sector. 

whilst highlighting the benefits of 

Both incentivised shoppers with 

our fortified squash flavour range. 

the chance to win cash instantly 

Our fully-integrated campaign ran

when buying our products. 

20

21

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
OUT OF HOME STRATEGIC REVIEW

quite distinct from those that 

• 

improving financial reporting, 

As previously announced, in 2022 

we conducted a strategic review 

of our OoH route to market as we 

assessed the significant impact of 

the pandemic on this channel. The 

review has allowed us to create a 

clear strategy that we believe will 

exist within our Packaged route 

including divisional and regional

to markets. The likely long-term 

reporting focusing on net profit

returns from OoH are lower 

  and return on capital employed.

and a different approach to the 

management of the business is 

required to deliver shareholder 

value in the long term.

The Group incurred £0.5m of 

costs in the period, to prepare 

its recommendations for 

implementation. Implementation 

deliver significant additional net 

The strategic review identified 

of these actions commenced in Q1 

margin gains through a range of 

several immediate actions that will 

FY23 and additional exceptional 

actions that will be implemented 

be implemented through FY23.

costs will be incurred through the 

during 2023, with the benefits 

being largely realised in 2024 and 

beyond. 

The OoH route to market’s 

These actions include:

•  operating OoH as a distinct

  division within the Group 

year as these recommendations 

are implemented.

The benefits from these actions 

will largely be realised during FY24.

financial performance was 

•  exiting underperforming

heavily impacted by the Covid-19 

contracts and product

pandemic, reflecting the lower 

categories, including coffee and

margin and higher level of 

  national frozen accounts

operational gearing that exists 

compared to our Packaged route 

to markets, particularly when 

its full operational costs and 

overheads are factored in.

•  exiting the in-house central

frozen region, which is 

considered sub scale and 

  unprofitable and for dispense is

  already serviced by a 

The OoH dispense business 

  distributor 

w
e
i
v
o
t
e
r
e
h
n
a
c
S

e
t
i
s
b
e
w
w
e
n
r
u
o

•  reviewing processes to 

simplify the business ensuring

  a rationalisation of operating 

costs and central overheads

is serviced on a regional basis 

through both owned distribution 

channels and third party 

distributors. OoH also services 

several national frozen contracts 

which cannot be serviced 

profitably without a wholly owned 

national distribution network.

The strategic review performed 

by the Company during 2022 

provided clarity on the financial 

performance of OoH. It also 

identified that OoH operates with 

distinct operations, customers, 

products and, in part, suppliers.

It is clear post the pandemic that 

the strategic challenges within 

our OoH route to market are 

UK ON-TRADE

accelerating cost of living crisis 

We continue to have strong 

which resulted in reduced footfall 

relationships with our key partners 

and consumer spending in our key 

including Coca-Cola, Pepsi, Irn-Bru, 

Similar to the broader hospitality 

industry, our Out of Home route 

to market experienced another 

leisure outlets.

challenging 12 months in 2022.

Strong innovation and marketing 

During the year, we supported our 

key customers and partners as 

they faced numerous challenges 

resulting from increasing energy 

costs to rising inflation and 

supply shortages. Throughout the 

year, we remained focused on 

maintaining strong service levels 

and always maximising product 

availability, thereby ensuring all of 

our customers’ drinks equipment 

were fully operational, and that 

our deliveries arrived on time and 

in full.

I am satisfied with the OoH route 

to market’s performance in 2022, 

as it continued to recover from the 

impact of the pandemic to deliver 

sales growth of 43% versus 2021. 

Nonetheless, its performance 

during the second half of the year 

slowed to +5% against tougher 

post-Covid comparatives and many 

channels were impacted by the 

programmes have once again 

been fundamental in driving the 

performance of our brands across 

key leisure and hospitality venues. 

Synchronising with movie launches 

has become an increasingly 

important part of our ICEE brand’s 

strategy, driving brand visibility by 

trialling the product in venue. In 

2022, this included collaborating 

with Paramount Pictures and 

Cineworld on the ‘ICEE Challenge’, 

a cinema advert reel led by Johnny 

Knoxville, to support the launch of 

the Jackass Forever movie. 

During the year, we also launched 

our ‘ICEE Big Flavour Vote’, inviting 

fans to select their preferred new 

flavour from a range of three. As a 

result, the winning flavour, Mango 

& Passion Fruit, was launched 

in July across a range of cinema 

venues and was focused on driving 

incremental consumers to the 

brand on a more regular basis. 

Ocean Spray and Sunkist. This 

year, we also introduced the Old 

Jamaica Ginger Beer brand on 

draught in the UK as part of an 

exclusive partnership. The strength 

of these partnerships underpinned 

double digit revenue growth versus 

last year on our core dispense 

branded offerings. In addition, 

in November we launched our 

new Vimto Out of Home website, 

providing customers with a more 

user-friendly experience, where 

they can easily view our portfolio 

and service offering in full. The 

website will be at the heart of 

future trade engagement plans. 

Strong innovation and 
marketing programmes 
have once again been 
fundamental in driving 
the performance of
our brands

22

23

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
key territories delivered further 

In Europe, positive sales growth of 

success, with seasonal activations 

23% was extremely encouraging 

around Valentine’s Day, Ramadan 

in the context of the challenging 

and Tabaski within all key markets 

market conditions. In Europe we 

in Africa. In Algeria, we invested in 

are maintaining our strong focus 

a range of shopper activations and 

on driving new distribution wins, 

a first-ever digital campaign across 

improving product availability, 

Instagram and Facebook, which 

and ensuring excellent in-market 

supported the delivery of record 

execution. 

sales in 2022.

In Africa, sales growth remained 

Inflation in North America proved 

strong at 15% year-on-year, as we 

extremely challenging to mitigate 

increased our distribution network 

throughout 2022 and we saw 

into Angola, Chad and the Central 

demand for our products soften 

African Republic, and launched 

during the period. We continue to 

new flavour extensions into a 

number of existing markets.

Our investment in strong 

marketing programmes across 

work in close collaboration with 

our partners in-market to ensure 

we maintain our key distribution 

points. 

INTERNATIONAL

Double digit growth and market 

In its 96th Ramadan season, our 

I am pleased to report strong 

International sales growth of 16% 

in 2022. This was achieved despite 

the challenges posed by inflation, 

global supply chain challenges, 

and political instability in some of 

our international markets during 

the year. 

share gains were achieved across 

partner in MEAP, Aujan Coca-

all our key geographies. Sales in 

Cola Bottling Company (ACCBC), 

MEAP (Middle East Asia Pacific) 

launched the region’s first ever 

were up 20% supported by strong 

Zero Sugar cordial, a limited-

in performance in Yemen, despite 

edition format which proved 

the ongoing tragic civil war, and 

extremely popular. Outstanding 

across the Gulf Cooperation 

market execution and a highly 

Council (GCC). This was fuelled by 

effective promotional campaign, 

strengthened in-store execution, 

including a spectacular take-over 

effective integrated marketing 

of the Burj Khalifa, helped ensure 

campaigns and product innovation.

that sales across the season 

exceeded those achieved in 2021. 

We also achieved strong sales 

growth in our RTD ranges with 

the launch of a new campaign 

celebrating ‘The Unique Taste of 

Sweet Togetherness’. In November, 

we launched a new Vimto citrus 

flavoured RTD product in a green 

can, targeted to drive incremental 

consumers to the brand.

Across all our key markets and 

geographies, we have continued to 

roll out our new Vimto branding, 

with Senegal, Cameroon and Mali 

all being delivered in Africa, as 

well as Sweden and Cyprus within 

Europe. 

Double digit growth and 

market share gains were 

achieved across all our key 

geographies

w
e
i
v
o
t
e
r
e
h
n
a
c
S

e
t
i
s
b
e
w
r
u
o

24

25

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR
STRATEGIC
FRAMEWORK

Our core purpose as a business is to 
‘Make Life Taste Better’ 
which our people live and breathe every day.  

We want this purpose to inspire all the partners 
we work with and the consumers across the globe 
who enjoy our brands on a daily basis.   

CORE PRODUCTS, 
CORE CUSTOMERS, 
CORE MARKETS.

Our core range of iconic brands 

continue to be loved by our 

consumers and customers around 

the world and we will continue to 

invest to support and drive their 

growth.  2022 has again shown 

how important our core products 

are across our core markets as 

demonstrated by the strong 

growth delivered via our excellent 

marketing campaigns and in 

market execution. 

RIGHT PRODUCTS, 
RIGHT PLACE, 
RIGHT TIME.
As we continue to expand our 

range of products and portfolios, 

we have focused on driving new 

points of distribution within new 

channels and new geographies. 

Our enhanced operational 

excellence programme has 

ensured we deliver great customer 

service and drive product 

availability enabling our consumers 

to enjoy our products wherever 

they are. 

26

27

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORTINNOVATION AND 
ACQUISITION 

Driving growth through innovation 

will continue to be at the heart of 

our long-term growth strategy. This 

pillar has delivered growth in the 

business over many years and will 

continue to be a key area in which 

we will prioritise our efforts. 

Using market and consumer 

insights to understand the long-

LOOKING AHEAD

We have successfully delivered consistently strong 

I am confident that the momentum we have built 

term trends and consumer needs, 

performances across the breadth of the Group, 

will enable us to continue to deliver our long-term 

through our diversified business model, clear 

strategic objectives, achieve profitable growth and 

strategy, strong brand equity and embedded ESG 

generate considerable returns for all our stakeholders.

commitments, as well as the strength of our key 

partnerships and talent of our highly engaged people. 

Our outstanding portfolio of iconic brands has 

continued to grow across all markets in 2022, which 

remains at the heart of our success. We have a strong 

balance sheet and international reach.

Andrew Milne

Our performance this year is testament to the 

Chief Executive Officer

strength of our business. Whilst 2023 will undoubtedly 

28 February 2023

bring challenges, as inflationary pressures are 

expected to persist and consumer confidence remains 

under pressure, the soft drinks category has proven to 

be highly resilient over many years and I expect that 

this resilience will continue to support our business 

growth. 

will be crucial to ensuring we 

evolve our business and deliver 

long term, sustainable growth. 

MAKING LIFE 
TASTE BETTER FOR 
EVERYONE

I was very proud that during 2022 

All businesses have an important 

we published our ESG Strategy and 

responsibility to tackle the global 

shared a clear set of commitments 

climate crisis and at Nichols, we are 

that outlined the Nichols vision for 

serious about Owning Our Climate 

impact and are taking the right 

actions to reduce our own direct 

emissions and working closely 

with our partners across our UK 

operations in the first instance, to 

reduce our impact throughout our 

supply chain.

a ‘Happier Future’.

Core to our vision is a long-held 

belief that Everyone Matters, 

with a focus on the wellbeing 

of our people and those in the 

communities we serve, particularly 

supporting the people in those 

communities who need it most.

Fundamental to creating our 

Happier Future is to develop 

Products that we are Proud of, 

helping our consumers to make 

healthier hydration choices, to 

having sustainable packaging 

solutions and ensuring that 

we source our ingredients and 

materials responsibly.

28

29

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORTOUR HAPPIER
FUTURE
PROGRESS
PROGRESS
REPORT 2022
REPORT

In 2022 we made clear progress 
in embedding our Happier Future 
Strategy into “how we do things 
at Nichols”.

For example, we have introduced High in Saturated 

Fat, Salt and Sugar (HFSS) compliant products across 

our UK packaged portfolio, collected Scope 3 emissions 

data across our UK supply chains, embedded clear 

social and environmental requirements into our 

contracts with key partners, and worked on formalising 

key policies for packaging and responsible sourcing. 

We have also continued our focus on giving back 

to our local communities – evidenced by both the 

ongoing partnerships with Waves for Change, Salford 

City Football Club and Warrington Youth Zone, and 

through new opportunities with Manchester Thunder 

and launching our own Camp Vimto Programme.

Our progress has been delivered under challenging 

external circumstances. In 2022, like many businesses 

worldwide, we have been impacted by the war in 

Ukraine and, in the UK, the significant inflationary 

environment and supply chain challenges. This 

dynamic external context has required us to remain 

both agile and pragmatic, whilst retaining our focus 

on our Happier Future commitments. 

On behalf of the Board, we would like 
to thank everyone who has contributed 
to the successful delivery of the 2022 
Happier Future achievements.  

Continuing our hard work, our 2023 focus 

includes embedding our community partnerships, 

implementing the Deposit Return Scheme (DRS) in 

Scotland, reducing our direct (Scope 1 & 2) emissions 

through initiatives such as electrifying our van fleets, 

which was impacted by global supply chain issues 

in 2022, and developing our Scope 3 roadmap for 

our UK operations.  

3030

31
31

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORTOUR
HAPPIER FUTURE 
STRATEGY

INTRODUCING THE HAPPIER FUTURE STRATEGY

From the heritage of our brands to the values our 

Over a hundred years of experience has taught us 

employees demonstrate every day, social purpose 

that it is through continuous evolution that we ensure 

has been at the heart of how Nichols works across 

the sustainability of our business and, with this in 

the world for more than a century. In fact, we have 

mind, we have organised our strategy for a Happier 

made it our business to help people young and old, 

Future into three pillars. These are interconnected but 

from Manchester to the Middle East, to enjoy the 

provide us with tangible goals around which we can 

habit of regular healthy hydration. Our Happier Future 

align our resources, employees and stakeholders, 

framework sets out our approach to doing business in 

and measure our progress against each year.

the right way, for our consumers, customers, partners, 

employees, and the world around us. 

We pledge to improve the future for over 100 young 
people in our local communities, raising aspirations 
through skills development and career development 
opportunities.

We will innovate to allow our consumers 
to make healthier choices.

All of our UK Packaged products will contain 51% 
sustainably sourced rPET by 2022. We are striving to 
reach 100% by 2025.

We will reduce our impact on climate change by 
reducing absolute Scope 1 & Scope 2 Green House 
Gas emissions* by 25% by 2025 and define our net 
zero roadmap.

* 2018 baseline

BRINGING OUR HAPPIER FUTURE STRATEGY TO LIFE EVERY DAY 

We have worked hard to ensure 
that our Happier Future strategy 
is embedded throughout the 
organisation, with every employee 
understanding what it means for 
them and their role. 

team members who can input customer, consumer 

and supply partners requirements and expectations.   

Outside of the formal Happier Future Programme, 

all employees are responsible for enacting Happier 

Future’s purpose  – doing the right things, in the right 

way in their everyday work, decisions, and interactions. 

We have clear governance, leadership and 

activation of our strategy, with every team within 

the organisation having an important role to play to 

ensure we are delivering on our commitments and 

that Environmental and Social Governance (ESG) 

is a part of how we do business everyday.

We have taken deliberate steps to ensure that the 

strategy is embedded within our company culture 

at every level. Steps taken to embed the strategy 

throughout the organisation include: 

•  We launched the strategy at the company-wide  

Our Happier Future Steerco, chaired by our People 

  quarterly team brief meeting, with physical and  

& Sustainability Director, sets our overarching direction 

  digital communication to advertise its launch to  

with approval from the Board and alignment with the 

  all employees. We continue to provide updates on  

Senior Leadership Team. The Steerco monitors and 

  progress at every quarterly team brief meeting 

reviews our progress and ensures that new insights 

are considered and incorporated into our Happier 

•  We introduced a ‘green chair’ into each meeting  

Future workstreams and projects as appropriate.  

  room, as a reminder that ESG must ‘have a seat’ at  

the table and be considered in every decision taken 

A clear set of workstreams ensures all plans and 

commitments across the 3 pillars are managed 

•  We also introduced a new ‘Happier Future star award’,  

through project teams, who regularly report progress 

  awarding employees who have really made a difference 

and escalate issues and risks through our project 

management office.  Our project teams are multi-

•	 All	employees	are	expected	to	have	a	specific		

disciplinary and include relevant technical experts and 

  personal Happier Future objective each year

32

33

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EVERYONE
MATTERS

Doing things in the right way 
means ensuring everyone is 
looked after, from our people to 
those in our local communities. 
Our approach is led by our strong 
values, with a focus on putting 
our	people	first	and	giving	back	to	
those who need it most. 

Our primary consumers are young 

people, and we want to support them 

with more than just refreshment. 

Therefore, we are committed to 

improving the lives of young people 

who need it most.

Highlights this year include:

•  Successfully trialling a new agile working policy, 

  supported by an Agile Working Toolkit. The trial 

  received positive feedback in our Employee Engagement  

  Survey with 98% of respondents saying agile working 

  supports them positively with their wellbeing 

•  Launching our ‘Leading @ Vimto’ programme, 

to train and provide managers with the skills to lead  

  and support their teams effectively 

•  Inclusion remained a key focus area and this year we 

  delivered training on Inclusion and Diversity (I&D) for 

leaders and managers and established a Female  

  Leaders Network, bringing together women from across  

the organisation to explore ways to overcome common   

  challenges and share opportunities. We also continued   

  with our #ThisisMe series, where employees share their  

  personal stories and connect on an individual level with 

  other people across the business 

•  Further developing the Wellbeing hub, to ensure 

  a well-rounded offering of services and support to 

  our people, including delivering seminars and further  

training on financial wellbeing, mental health and the 

  Employee Assistance Programme (available for all staff) 

•  Running a full Employee Engagement Survey this 

FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

We will continue to put our people first, including:

•  Developing our Inclusion & Diversity strategy 

  year, covering a wide range of topics including day-to 

•  In 2023, our Female Leaders Network will  

  day life at Vimto, Leadership, Communication, 

look to engage more women across the business  

  Development, Wellbeing and I&D. Three priority group  

  and we will encourage the development of our 

themes have been identified, with actions already  

  LGBTQ+ resource group 

  underway on areas which will make a real difference 

to our people and the business 

•  Providing exciting development opportunities 

for our people through our strategic projects 

Our Results:

  and key initiatives 

98%
97%
97%
84%

AGREE THAT THEY SHARE 
MANY OF THE VALUES OF VIMTO

AGREE THAT THEY ARE CLEAR ABOUT WHAT 
THEY ARE EXPECTED TO ACHIEVE IN THEIR JOB

AGREE THAT THEIR MANAGER TREATS THEM WITH 
RESPECT

FEEL THE EXPERIENCES THEY HAVE GAINED AT VIMTO 
SUPPORT THEIR PERSONAL/CAREER ASPIRATIONS

THE BEST THING ABOUT WORKING FOR VIMTO WAS 
‘THE PEOPLE, TEAMWORK & A FAMILY-LIKE CULTURE’

WHILST 84% EMPLOYEES BELIEVE THEIR PERSONAL 
SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELLBEING IS ALWAYS A HIGH 
PRIORITY FOR VIMTO, THEY ALSO TOLD US THAT 
THEY WOULD LIKE MORE SUPPORT IN HELPING THEM 
MANAGE THEIR OWN MENTAL HEALTH

•  Further developing our agile working practices 

in 2023 to reflect the evolving external context 

  and the needs of our people and our business 

•  In 2023, continuing to support our people’s  

  wellbeing and provide opportunities for them 

to develop their understanding and the skills  

to manage their own mental health, physical and  

  financial wellbeing 

•  Continuing to implement our Employee    

  Engagement Survey plan to drive improvements  

  and enhance our three Group Priority Themes -  

  Wellbeing, Systems, and continuing to develop 

  our people-focussed Culture

WE PLEDGE TO IMPROVE THE FUTURE 
FOR OVER 100 YOUNG PEOPLE IN 
OUR LOCAL COMMUNITIES, RAISING 
ASPIRATIONS THROUGH SKILLS 
DEVELOPMENT AND CAREER 
DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES 

PUTTING
OUR PEOPLE
FIRST

PROGRESS IN 2022

Our people are the foundation 
of our business and it’s thanks to 
their continued commitment and 
motivation to ‘make life taste 
better‘ that we have had another 
successful year. 

We have continued to put our people first in terms 

of their wellbeing and development. This year, we 

have been working on our Inclusion and Diversity 

(including Wellbeing) approach. The feedback we 

received from the Employee Engagement Survey 

this year has reinforced that Nichols remains a great 

place to work and provided us with rich insight into 

how we can do even better in these areas. 

34

35

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GIVING BACK
TO OUR LOCAL
COMMUNITIES

PROGRESS IN 2022

We believe that every young person 
matters, yet in today’s society, access 
to opportunities is not equal.

The primary consumers of our products are young 

people, and we are committed to supporting them 

with more than just refreshment. This year we 

continued to deepen our existing partnerships 

with youth programmes, as well as launching 

new partnerships and initiatives that extend our 

support and commitment for local young people. 

Highlights this year include: 

•  Running our first pilot for Camp Vimto - our  

•  Celebrating another year of our 

  new programme for young people designed to  

‘Day to Make a Difference’ scheme, 

  enable them to gain life skills, build confidence  

  where every employee can take a day 

  and get real-life experience of working at 

  off from work and volunteer in their 

  Nichols (read more in the case study on page 38 

local community

•  Continuing our partnership with Waves for 

  Change (WFC) in Africa – a scheme that combines 

the positive health benefits of surfing with activities 

  proven to help young people build positive 

  relationships and develop resilience around their  

  mental wellbeing. WFC helps build sustainable  

  communities; for example, young people coming out  

  of the surfing programme then go on to be trained as 

  mentors and coaches themselves. The programme    

then supports the coaches with their next steps in  

  employment or education 

•  Launching a new partnership with Manchester  

  Thunder, to establish the first ever ParaNetball club,  

  by a Super League netball team. The programme  

is designed to ‘focus on the ABILITY within DisABILITY,  

  and ensure NetbALL really is for ALL’ 

•  Supporting both The Wave’s ‘Summer of Waves’  

  programme, that helps vulnerable young people try  

  surfing, and Project Seagrass, which plants seagrass 

  seed to help restore marine ecosystems and protect  

  against climate change with our Feel Good brand  

•  Continuing our partnership with Salford   

  City Football Club, providing support to their  

  development teams 

•  Raising £10k through our annual Charity Golf  

  Event to support the continued running of the  

fabulous Warrington Youth Zone facility

FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

We are really proud of the Community Partnerships 

we have in place, and will continue to enhance these 

through the following activities in 2023: 

•  Further developing our existing partnerships, 

  with clear opportunities for employee involvement 

•  Welcoming our second cohort of young 

  people to Camp Vimto

36

37

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C A S E   S T U D Y CAMP VIMTO

Last year we pledged to improve the futures of over 100 young people 
in our local communities by 2025. To help achieve our goal, we launched 
Camp Vimto this year – a programme created, led and delivered by our 
employees and expert partners Whysup and Bright Leaders.

Its aim was to raise the aspirations 

1. Engagement - With support from our partners at  

of young people aged 16-18 years old, 

  Warrington Youth Zone, we recruited young people  

local to our Head Office, through skills 

from the local community to join the programme. 

and career development opportunities. 

Our specially designed programme 

2. Induction - We ran an introductory session with  

consisted of five sessions, with in-person 

  participants, giving them and their parents and  

check-ins along the way to maintain 

  guardians the opportunity to ask questions and  

engagement. The sessions were:

learn more about the programme. 

3. Residential - We ran a 2-day residential 

in North Wales, where participants were able  

to connect with and learn from one another, 

  and were taken out of their comfort zones 

in order to develop ‘real’ life skills. 

4. Farm to Fizz - We organised and hosted an event 

  at our Head Office, where the participants got to  

learn more about every area of our business, from 

  sourcing and supply chain to product development,  

  marketing and sales. Participants even got to design  

their own product! 

5. Graduation - To celebrate their successful  

  completion of the programme, a graduation 

  event was held for all participants, parents 

  and guardians.

The success of Camp Vimto’s first year has been tremendous. The testimonials from our graduates 

demonstrate the impact the programme has had on their confidence, knowledge of how our business works, 

and understanding of potential career paths. The feedback from our partners highlights the authenticity and 

effectiveness of the programme.

I’m thankful for Camp Vimto because 
it’s given me a new confidence in myself. 
It’s also been great to see how adults in 
the work environment sometimes need 
help too, because it reassures me it’s okay 
not to be okay even when we’re older.

Camp participant testimonial

We were delighted to be part of this 
project and collaborate with like-minded 
organisations that are passionate 
about making a difference. This project 
demonstrated just that! Through lots 
of planning and consideration we built 
a well-rounded, impactful programme. 
In our 5 years of doing this job, this has 
been one of our most rewarding projects.

Camp Vimto proved to be a 
transformational journey for ALL 
involved. The young people gained so 
much and really grew in confidence over 
such a short period of time. The variety 
of activities offered throughout the 
duration of the programme brought 
challenge, diversity and fun, something 
which all young people need. Camp 
Vimto was a huge success and it 
showcased the culture and values 
that lie at the heart of Nichols.

Chris Reddy, Director 

& Founder, Bright Leaders

Mark Murrey, Co-Founder 

& Director, Whysup

Camp Vimto was an incredible 
experience for all of the young people 
who took part, all of them got fully 
involved and embraced the opportunities 
and challenges. I genuinely believe that all 
of them have developed skills, confidence 
and knowledge which will support them 
throughout the transition to adulthood. 
Thank you for everything each of you did 
to make Camp Vimto a reality. 

Dave McNicholl, Chief 

Executive, Warrington Youth Zone

What’s next? 

We feel very proud to have had such a transformative 

impact on participants’ lives through our programme. 

This is not the end of our journey together, and we look 

forward to continuing to work with our participants 

beyond this summer, exploring schemes such as 

mentoring and work placements. 

Next summer, we plan to run the programme again

with a second cohort, bringing us closer to our 2025 

goal of improving the futures of 100 young people.

38

39
39

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GENDER PAY
GAP REPORT

Nichols plc is pleased to present our 2022 Gender Pay Report, which 

also offers an opportunity to share what we have been focusing on 

with regard to gender diversity in the business. 

AN INCLUSIVE WORKPLACE WHERE EVERYONE FEELS THEY CAN TRULY BE 
THEMSELVES, FEEL VALUED, INCLUDED AND HAVE EQUAL ACCESS TO OPPORTUNITIES 
IS FIRMLY ROOTED IN OUR CULTURE, VALUES AND HERITAGE.  

It is also paramount for our employees to feel they are able to perform to their best which of course is integral 

to the ongoing success of our business.  In our 2022 Employee Engagement Survey our employees told us that 

our people and culture are one of the best things about working at Nichols, that the culture is open and inclusive.

OF OUR EMPLOYEES BELIEVE THAT INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES SUCH AS RACE, 
GENDER, DISABILITY AND SEXUAL ORIENTATION ARE RESPECTED AND VALUED AT 
NICHOLS

HAVE LEADERS 
THEY CAN RELATE 
TO AT WORK

BELIEVE THAT 
DIFFERENCE 
IS VALUED AT 
NICHOLS

34% of our senior leaders and managers are 

in leadership development programmes which 

OUR PAY QUARTILES

The proportion of males and females in each pay 

Every employee has the potential to earn 

quartile continues to reflect the workforce and 

a bonus at Nichols plc. For new employees, 

remains broadly consistent with 2021 although we 

eligibility in their first year will be based on their 

did see an increase in the number of females in 

start date in the calendar year and this is the 

the bottom quartile, which we can attribute to the 

reason our reported percentages are not 100%. 

increase in turnover in two specific areas and our 

success in recruiting females into these roles. Whilst 

In 2022, we saw a higher number of new 

good progress has been made in developing our 

employees joining the business later in the 

female talent, particularly in our leadership pipeline, 

calendar year versus 2021, which was reflective 

we need to realise a more balanced gender split 

of an active market in the UK more generally due 

across our workforce to see a substantive change.

to wage inflation and lower unemployment. 

OUR GENDER PAY & BONUS GAP

We have seen some substantial swings this year 

and in 2022 the business reported a good 

in the median variances of both our hourly pay 

financial performance which was reflected 

and bonus resulting in negative gaps. Our median 

positively in employee bonuses, including in 

gender pay gap for our hourly pay is marginally 

Executive and Senior Leadership rewards where 

favourable to females at -1% compared to the 

we have greater male representation.  

UK average of +14.9%1. The median on bonus is 

-94% favourable to females.  The substantial swing 

from 2021 (we reported no gap) is reflective of the 

business performance in 2021 and the proportion 

of females eligible for higher bonus levels 

compared to males. 

Due to the nature of gender pay reporting in the 

UK, which measures the average pay and bonus 

of men and women across different levels and 

roles in the company, the reporting of our median 

and mean gender pay gaps  continue to be skewed 

by the underlying structure of our workforce 

female.  This is reflective of the overall employee 

provide structured learning, peer support and build 

In the mean variances for hourly pay and bonus, 

and are also impacted by the dynamic external 

gender split in the business.  But we want and 

external networks.   Establishment of our Female 

we saw a swing towards males, particularly for 

environment the business has been operating 

need this to improve as having broad employee 

Leaders Network has already proven invaluable in 

bonuses.  In 2021 bonuses were impacted by the 

in over the past couple of years.  

diversity is fundamental to the business having 

providing peer support and developing leadership 

performance of the business due to the pandemic, 

the right discussions and making robust decisions. 

capability and confidence across the business.  

1ONS Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (ASHE) for 2022

We are working proactively to increase female 

representation in these roles, with a focus on 

accelerating the development of our female 

talent, through stretch opportunities in new 

roles, secondments or projects and investing 

OUR GENDER SPLIT 

Whilst we continue to focus on developing our 

inclusive culture, we know we have work to do to 

increase female representation in our business.

OUR RESULTS

We present our gender pay gap results for the year 

ending 5 April 2022 in line with our legal obligation and 

commitment to produce gender pay gap information.

Quartile

Bottom

2022

Male

Female

60%

74%

65%

69%

40%

26%

35%

31%

2

3

Top

This year’s gender split remains broadly 

professions. Our gender split remains reflective 

2. Proportion of males & females in each pay quartile            

consistent with 2021 levels with a slight increase 

of our large employee group within the operations 

  see table right

1. Employee % split by gender: 33 Female / 67 Male

in females employed.  We are pleased that we 

function of our Out of Home (OoH) business.  

achieved close to an even proportion of new 

Males make up the vast proportion of employees 

employees hired during this reporting period with 

undertaking our driver or technician roles and 

46% of new hires being female and 54% being 

the high proportion of males is reflective of the 

male. This was particularly pleasing as many of 

broader talent pool in the market despite a highly 

the roles were in traditionally male dominated 

competitive market post the pandemic. 

40

3. Proportion of males & females receiving a bonus   

  within the reporting period 87% of males / 83%  of females

4. Mean & Median pay gap* 

  Hourly pay – median -1.0% (2021: 10%) / mean 19% (2021: 7%) 

  Bonuses – median -94% (2021: equal) /  mean 31% (2021: 15%) 

*variance in male pay to female pay 

2021

Male

Female

Quartile

Bottom

2

3

Top

70%

78%

64%

71%

30%

22%

36%

29%

41
41

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
PRODUCTS
WE’RE PROUD OF

We’re passionate about making products 
consumers love – it’s at the heart of what we do. 

This means developing products that allow consumers to make 

healthier choices, strengthening our approach to responsible 

sourcing, and continuing to challenge ourselves to find 

sustainable solutions for our packaging.

01 

WE WILL INNOVATE TO ALLOW 
OUR CONSUMERS TO MAKE 
HEALTHIER CHOICES 

 02 

ALL OF OUR UK PACKAGED 
PRODUCTS WILL CONTAIN 51% 
SUSTAINABLY SOURCED RPET  
BY 2022. WE ARE STRIVING 
TO REACH 100% BY 2025

HEALTHIER
HYDRATION

PROGRESS IN 2022

We know that we have an important 
role to play in helping our consumers 
make healthier choices. Whether by 
reducing sugar content or adding 
nutrients, we continue to develop 
our portfolio through innovation and 
continuous renovation. 

That is why we wanted to ensure that we were 

100% HFSS compliant across our owned portfolio. 

Highlights this year include: 

•  Ensuring our whole UK Packaged portfolio 

is now 100% HFSS compliant 

•  Also ensuring that 97% of sales of our 

  Out of Home (OoH) owned portfolio are 

  now HFSS compliant1 

•  Celebrating that all of our new product 

launches in 2022 were Low or No Added  

  Sugar. This included Double Concentrate Vimto,

  Cherry, Raspberry & Blackcurrant Vimto in fizzy 

  and still varieties and zero-sugar cordial in the 

  Middle East (read more in the case study on 

  page 46)

FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

Providing consumers with healthier choices is how 

we do business at Nichols, our focus areas include: 

•  Continuing with our established approach 

to Innovation & Renovation, strengthening the 

  depth of our consumer insight in 2023, in order 

to meet  evolving needs 

•  Continuing to work closely with our 

international partners to explore sugar 

  reduction, where appropriate to the 

  consumer needs in local markets

42

43

1 Excluding Slurp, our frozen milkshake, which we are now reviewing. 

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESPONSIBLY
SOURCED

PROGRESS IN 2022

The	unique	flavour	of	our 
products begins with quality 
ingredients sourced from trusted 
and responsible suppliers. 

We source ingredients and materials primarily 

from long-standing partnerships, providing us with 

a clear understanding of product quality, labour 

protections and environmental practices. 

FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

This year, we have focused on developing the 

Next year, we will continue to review and 

policies and practices to ensure sustainability is 

update the procedures and processes which 

embedded within the entire production process 

support our ethical business practices, in line 

of our products. 

with our commitment for this pillar: 

Highlights this year include: 

•  We will embed our responsible sourcing 

•  Supplementing our existing supplier 

  assurance processes, including assessing  

  current and potential suppliers’ ethical 

  policies and business processes 

•  Developing and agreeing a responsible 

  sourcing policy and supplier code of conduct 

•  Embedding sustainable practices into the  

  product innovation process

  policy as our way of working and it will form 

  part of our expectations in all new strategic  

  partners’ contracts 

•  We will be partnering with Sedex to review our  

  policies and practices and ensure they meet  

industry social and environmental standards 

SUSTAINABLE
PACKAGING

PROGRESS IN 2022

Unsustainable and unnecessary 
packaging is a pressing concern 
for our consumers, who don’t 
want to see the products they 
buy going on to impact the natural 
world. We are committed to working 
with our partners and the wider 
industry to promote sustainable 
options and encourage responsible 
consumer behaviour.  

•  We have also conducted trials on inner  

‘Liquipure’ bags - a sustainable packaging  

solution for our BiB products 

•  All of our UK Packaged shrink wrap contains 

  at least 30% post-consumer recycled waste,  

  with 50% post-consumer recycled waste being  

reached with some of our suppliers. Material  

  availability and packaging stability has prevented  

further progress this year 

•  Launching a new Vimto squash bottle made 

from 51% recycled PET (rPET); the new bottle  

  allows us to pack more efficiently, reducing the  

  number of transport loads (and our carbon   

footprint as a result) 

• 

Introducing our new sustainable packaging  

  policy; which clearly defines which materials we  

consider to be acceptable for use in our packaging  

That is why we are working to remove plastic 

  going forward

shrink wrapping from Bag-in-Box (BiB) formats 

and develop a fully recyclable BiB solution for OoH. 

We are also working with our suppliers to ensure 

that all remaining UK Packaged shrink wrap uses 

FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

50% post-consumer recycled waste. 

We will continue to trial and implement new, 

innovative ways to reduce packaging in our 

Our plan for all of our UK Packaged products to 

products, and use more sustainable packaging 

contain 51% sustainably sourced rPET in 2022 

across our portfolio. Next year this will include:

unfortunately wasn’t fully achieved, however 

40.5% of the UK Packaged portfolio contains 

•  Continuing to trial & evaluate the impact of 

51% sustainably sourced rPET. As a result of the 

  removing shrink wrap from our BiB formats 

significant inflationary environment and cost 

pressures on our business, and the impact of 

•  Introducing a fully recyclable inner BiB 

passing these costs onto our consumers during 

  substrate ‘Liquipure’ packaging across our 

the cost-of-living crisis, we took a strategic decision 

  post-mix portfolio 

not to expand further our UK Packaged portfolio 

containing 51% sustainably sourced rPET in 2022. 

•  Ensuring a robust implementation of the 

Despite this setback, we continue to strive to reach 

  DRS in Scotland, supporting us to move forward  

100% rPET by 2025. 

  on our roadmap to 100% rPET in our UK    

Highlights this year include: 

  packaged products 

•  Implementing our new sustainable packaging  

•  Running trials to enable the removal of shrink  

  policy with all our UK partners

  wrap from our BiB formats 

•  Redesigning our owned V Range BiB 

  products to include clear OPRL recycling logos, 

   making it clear to our customers where our boxes  

can be recycled 

44

45

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C A S E   S T U D Y

EXTENDING 
HEALTHIER 
HYDRATION 
BEYOND 
THE UK 

At Nichols, we are passionate about innovating 
and renovating our products to meet emerging 
consumer needs for healthier hydration. In our 
International business, we continue to work 
closely with our partners to explore ways to 
accelerate uptake of lower sugar and no-added 
sugar products in countries outside of the UK. 

The uptake of Low or No Added Sugar products can 

What’s next?

be lower in some international markets than in the 

UK. Market research has shown a growing trend in 

This case study evidences appetite within the 

health and wellness across the Middle East and a 

market for Low or No Added Sugar products. 

need for more products suitable for people looking 

There is a real opportunity to extend our healthier 

to consume less sugar in their diets. 

hydration strategy beyond the UK ensuring all 

our consumers can benefit from Nichols healthy 

Responding to this, last year our longstanding 

and great-tasting products. Due to the success of 

partner, Aujan Coca-Cola Beverages Company, 

Vimto Zero Cordial in 2022, it will be made available 

launched Vimto Zero Cordial. This sugar-free 

again in 2023. We will look to expand the markets 

product was launched as a limited-edition product 

and outlets of this product to enable even more 

for the Ramadan season. The launch was very 

of our consumers to make healthier choices in 

successful, and the product exceeded all its set 

International, as well as UK outlets.

key performance indicators. 

Vimto Zero Cordial proved to be popular amongst 

consumers, selling out rapidly and receiving good 

feedback on the health benefits, as well as the taste. 

In a survey following the product launch, 81% of 

respondents stated that they intend to try Vimto 

Zero Cordial1. 

46

1Source: IPSOS, Cordial Brand Health Study, Ramadan 2022

47

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
OWNING OUR
CLIMATE IMPACT

The climate crisis is the greatest 
issue facing society today and as a 
responsible company, we have an 
important role to play. 

By taking science-based actions to reduce our 

total carbon emissions, and by understanding 

and reviewing our operational footprint and 

supply chain, we can ensure we are conducting 

our business in the most sustainable way. 

Nichols recognise that the climate crisis is a 

principal risk to our business, with a number of 

potential short, medium and long-term impacts. 

The Board takes overall accountability for 

owning our climate impact and managing the 

risks and opportunities that this presents. 

The process for identifying and assessing 

climate-related risks is aligned to the Group’s risk 

management policy which is set out on pages 

62 to 67.

 WE WILL REDUCE OUR 
IMPACT ON CLIMATE 
CHANGE BY REDUCING 
ABSOLUTE SCOPE 1 & 
SCOPE 2 GREENHOUSE 
GAS EMISSIONS* BY 
25% BY 2025 AND 
DEFINE OUR NET ZERO 
ROADMAP
*2018 BASELINE

48

STR ATEGIC REP ORT

REDUCING OUR
DIRECT EMISSIONS

PROGRESS IN 2022

Nichols has a strong track record 
in reducing carbon emissions across 
our Scope 1 and 2 emissions, and we 
have an ambitious target to reduce 
our Scope 1 & 2 emissions by 80% 
by 2030, in order to reach net zero 
by or before 2050. 

Last year, gas and electricity represented a third 

of the energy we consumed at Nichols and 24% of our 

total carbon impact. In 2022 we have seen increased 

sales, manufacturing and new equipment installation 

Highlights this year include: 

•  Installing solar panels at our head 

  office, Laurel House in February this year 

SINCE REPORTING BEGAN IN MAY, 
THE SOLAR PANELS HAVE GENERATED 
NEARLY 26MWH OF ENERGY. THIS HAS 
SAVED OVER 35T OF CO2 EMISSIONS,  
EQUIVALENT IN WEIGHT TO 1 MILLION 
VIMTO CANS! 

activity across our Out of Home (OoH) business, due to 

•  All of our Nichols UK sites are now operating  

further recovery within the hospitality sector. This has 

  on 100% renewable energy, including gas 

resulted in an increase in our carbon emissions of 246 

  supplies, supplied from a combination of hydro, 

tCO2e for the reporting year in comparison to 2021. 

   wind and solar power. This has saved us 239tCO2e,  

  16.51% of our total carbon footprint for this year 

We are decarbonising our fleet to reduce our 

transport emissions, which make up a large 

proportion of our Scope 2 emissions. This year we 

planned to replace 10 vehicles with their electric 

equivalents. Due to supply chain issues that 

impacted delivery dates and availability of suitable 

e-vehicles, we could not achieve this goal.

FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

In 2023, we will continue our roadmap for 

carbon reduction across our Scope 1 and 2 

emissions. This includes: 

•  Doubling next year’s order to 20 electric vans  

•  Embedding our new green car policy,  

    to keep us on track with our decarbonisation  

  which seeks to encourage our employees 

    ambitions (given the context of 2022)

to choose electric vehicle options

H
A
P
P

I

E
R

F
U
T
U
R
E

P
R
O
G
R
E
S
S

R
E
P
O
R
T

49

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DECARBONISING
OUR SUPPLY
CHAINS

PROGRESS IN 2022

Reducing our Scope 1 and 2 
emissions is important, but we 
know the majority of our emissions 
in the UK are created by the various 
supply chains that help us create 
quality products and deliver them 
to our customers (known as Scope 
3 emissions).  

Reducing our Scope 3 emissions is vital if we are 

to really reduce our carbon footprint and reach 

our decarbonisation targets. 

Highlights this year include:

For more details on our emissions and progress 

see page 52 for our Streamlined Energy and 

Carbon Report (SECR).

FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

To continuously track and reduce our Scope 3 

emissions, our focus for next year will include:

•  Developing and launching our UK Scope 3   

  emissions reduction strategy by the end of 2023,  

  working with our key partners and suppliers to  

  set targets and develop a roadmap for continuous  

  reduction in our Scope 3 emissions 

•  Following the above, we will be looking to    

incorporate our Scope 3 carbon data from our  

  suppliers with our Scope 1 and 2 emissions  

•  Mapping our supply chain comprehensively 

  data, to track our direct and indirect carbon  

in the UK 

footprint. We can then set science-based  

  emissions reduction targets, which we hope 

•  Working collaboratively with our key suppliers  

to submit for validation by SBTi in 2023

to help them track and measure their carbon emissions 

•  Through this process, we are now able to 

  collect the UK supplier and partner Scope 1, 2  

  and (where possible) 3 emissions data. You can 

  read more about our work decarbonising 

  our supply chain in our case  

  study on page 55. 

RESPONSIBLE
WATER
USAGE

PROGRESS IN 2022

We recognise that with both the 
need to reduce emissions from water 
transport and the risk of increased 
water scarcity in some of our markets, 
it is more important than ever to 
ensure sustainable water use. 

That is why a focus for us will be to develop a clear 

water strategy that encompasses all of our impact 

in the UK. 

Highlights this year include: 

• 

In 2022 we have developed systems and    

  processes that track our water consumption 

in our OoH manufacturing site at Ross on Wye

•  We now track our water consumption and   

compare it to the volume of goods produced in  

  our Ross on Wye manufacturing site. We can use  

this data as a baseline to inform our future  

  water consumption reduction targets

FOCUS FOR THE FUTURE

We plan to identify opportunities to reduce our 

impact from our water use. This includes:

•  In 2023, measuring our water consumption 

  across our other Nichols-owned and key UK 

  copacker sites and identify opportunities to  

improve our water use at Ross on Wye 

•  Based on the above assessment, developing  

  our water strategy to make appropriate  

improvements across all Nichols-owned and 

  key supplier sites

50

51

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECR
REPORT

Parameter

Natural gas consumed

Grid electricity consumed

Solar PV electricity generated

Transport fuels consumed

Units

kWh

kWh

kWh

kWh

Current reporting year 
01/01/2022 - 31/12/2022

Comparison calendar year
01/01/2021 - 31/12/2021

Total energy consumption used to calculate emissions

kWh

6,371,626

Emissions from combustion of gas (scope 1)

tCO2e

139

Emissions from transportation in vehicles owned or 

controlled by reporting company (scope 1)

tCO2e

1,135

Fugitive emissions from refrigeration plant (scope 1)

tCO2e

Emissions from purchased electricity (scope 2)

Emissions from business travel in vehicles owned or 

operated by 3rd parties (scope 3)

Total gross carbon emissions

tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e

760,663

873,461

26,508

4,710,994

4

169

0

1,447

(169)

451,700

957,010

0

3,336,348

4,745,058

83

789

126

203

0

1,201

(196)

(3)

0

1,002

138

115

In accordance with The Companies 

In 2022, we procured 100% green electricity, through 

(Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships 

tariffs backed by Renewable Energy Guarantees of 

(Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018, we 

Origin certificates, for our Ross-on-Wye factory, Laurel 

have prepared a Streamlined Energy & Carbon Report 

House head office and all electricity consumed at 

(SECR) for the 2022 financial year. This measurement 

our depots. Additionally, as of 1st July 2022, 100% of 

and reporting of environmental performance will drive 

the natural gas consumed is purchased via a green 

direct benefits for the business such as lower energy 

tariff, which involves the retirement of Renewable Gas 

costs, improved understanding of exposure to the 

Guarantees of Origin certificates which covers 10% of 

Carbon	reduction	through	green	electricity	tariff	(REGOs)

tCO2e

risks of climate change and by allowing the business 

consumption, and the purchase of Carbon Credits to 

Carbon	reduction	through	green	natural	gas	tariff	

to demonstrate sustainable leadership within the soft 

cover the remaining 90%. The result of these green 

(RGGOs)

drinks industry. 

tariffs is a reduction of net emissions of 238 tCO2e, or 

Carbon	reduction	through	green	natural	gas	tariff	

16% of the gross emissions. Therefore, the 6,371 MWh 

(Carbon Credits)

tCO2e

(8)

tCO2e

(62)

Therefore, the following report has been 

energy consumed resulted in net carbon emissions 

Total net carbon emissions

tCO2e

1,208

prepared in conjunction with Carbon Architecture, 

of 1,208 tCO2e, corresponding to an 5% increase in 

who we have been working with since 2016 to provide 

normalised net emissions when compared to 2021, 

independent analysis of our carbon footprint across 

increasing from 115 tCO2e/ML to 121 tCO2e/ML. 

our UK Group operations. We have selected tCO2e/ kL 

as our SECR ratio, as we feel this is most aligned to the 

Nichols has continued its focus on energy and 

activities of the Group. 

carbon-saving measures in the last year. At our 

Ross-on-Wye factory, we have continued to make 

Intensity ratio: Total gross emissions / 1,000,000 Litre 

product

Intensity ratio: Total net emissions / 1,000,000 Litre 

product

Methodology

tCO2e/ML

145

tCO2e/ML

121

Energy Efficient Actions:

Nichols’ total energy consumption for 

improvements to lighting systems via replacements 

•  This report has been prepared following the GHG  

•  A continued programme to install high-efficiency 

this financial year was 6,371 MWh, resulting 

of LED lighting, as well as reaping the benefits 

  Reporting Protocol – Corporate Standard and using  

  LED lighting, including proximity sensors where  

in gross carbon emissions of 1,447 tCO2e. 

of the Laurel House head office solar panels, 

the guidance set out in Environmental Reporting  

  appropriate, has continued within our Ross-on-Wye 

These figures correspond to a 34% increase 

which generated 26.5 MWh of electricity in 2022. 

  Guidelines: Including streamlined energy and carbon  

factory. This has continued to result in the 

in total energy consumption and a 20% increase in 

Furthermore, staff engagement has continued in 2022, 

  reporting guidance – HM Government (March 2019) 

  optimisation of our electricity use for lighting  

gross emissions when compared to the 2021 financial 

with topics including increasing the understanding of 

throughout the factory 

year. 2022 represented a more normal operating year 

our carbon footprint at work and encouraging simple 

•  Energy consumption data has been sourced from  

for our OoH business following the Covid pandemic 

steps to reduce our footprint, including switching 

  utility supplier invoices, or where this is not available  

•  Solar panels and an air source heat pump have been  

and as a result our volumes increased, impacting our 

off lights and equipment when not in use. Finally, 

  calculated from site-based records and travel 

installed at our Laurel House head office, reducing  

vehicles delivering and servicing our customers, along 

we sought to progress our plans to replace our 

  expense data 

with new installations across the UK. 

transport fleet with electric vehicles, with the initial 

the consumption of natural gas for providing hot  

  water for the office staff, which we have seen the  

In an ongoing trend, our production 

2022, 20 by 2023 and 30 by 2024. Given the significant 

  by application of the relevant emissions factor from  

has rebounded from the COVID impacted year of 2020, 

challenges within the global automotive market and 

  UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for  

•  Given the significant challenges within the global  

by further increasing production volumes from 5.037 

the subsequent delay in receiving delivery of the first 

  Company Reporting for the appropriate year

  automotive market and the subsequent delay in  

target of replacing 10 fossil fuel powered vans in 

•  Conversion from energy to emissions was completed  

  benefit of throughout 2022 

million litres (ML) in 2020 to 8.689 ML in 2021 and then 

electric vans, we have bolstered the 2023 delivery plan 

9.965ML in 2022. Despite this increase in production 

to 20 vehicles.

volume, there has been an increase in normalised 

gross emissions, by 5% from 2021 to 2022, from 138 

tCO2e/ML to 145 tCO2e/ML drinks produced. 

52

  receiving delivery of the first electric vans, we have  

  bolstered the 2023 delivery plan to 20 vehicles 

•  Finally, Nichols has continued a programme of staff  

  engagement which involves suggesting practical  

  ways in which they can reduce their carbon footprint  

  at work, including through the climate action switch  

  off awareness campaign

53

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C A S E   S T U D Y

MAPPING OUR 
SCOPE 3 IMPACT 

At	Nichols	we	are	committed	to	a	low-carbon	future.	We	know	that	our	influence	
extends beyond our immediate operations and given our partnership model, the 
majority of our carbon emissions are produced by our suppliers and manufacturers 
who make our products. These are called our Scope 3, or indirect, carbon emissions. 

Successfully managing and reducing Scope 3 

Suppliers then shared this data with us, enabling 

emissions is often more complex than reducing Scope 

us to build a comprehensive picture of our UK 

1 and 2 (direct emissions), requiring engaging with 

emissions across our supply chain. 

our entire supply chain - collaborating with suppliers 

to track and measure their own emissions and then 

This collaborative effort has enabled us to identify 

supporting them as they make reductions. 

‘carbon hotspots’ in our UK supply chain – areas where 

we are producing a significant proportion of our carbon 

This challenge couldn’t be tackled on our own. 

emissions. Hotspots include our product packaging, the 

We have partnered with specialist consultants Green 

sourcing and transportation of our ingredients and the 

Element to support us in carrying out an in-depth 

energy our suppliers’ use when producing our products. 

assessment of the carbon footprint of our UK-based 

These identified ‘hotspots’ inform where we will focus 

supply chain. Together, we engaged our suppliers, 

our efforts to reduce our carbon in the future, working 

many of with whom we have long-standing, 

collaboratively with our supply chain partners to identify 

collaborative relationships, to put in place systems 

alternative practices and processes that reduce their 

and processes to measure and track their emissions. 

direct (and our indirect) carbon emissions significantly.

What’s next?

In 2023, we will continue to develop 

our Scope 3 emissions reduction 

strategy with the expert guidance of 

Green Element. This work will enable 

us to set robust, science based targets 

and ensure we are reducing our direct 

and indirect emissions in line with 

global goals and targets. In this way,

we can own our climate impact and 

work to conduct our business in the 

most sustainable way. 

With the help of Nichols, we very quickly 
navigated the different business streams 
and relevant contacts for who would help us 
to collect the necessary data. We have engaged 
with >30 individual suppliers and many internal 
contacts, the vast majority of which were very 
helpful and were able to provide detailed 
information. This was aided by efficient project 
management from Nichols’ side. Our analysis 
is only as good as the raw data we receive, 
so this was very important for us.

Green Element testimonial

54

55

HAPPIER FUTURE PROGRESS REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
CHIEF
FINANCIAL
OFFICER’S 
REPORT
DAVID

-  R ATTIGAN  -
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

•  Group revenue increased by 14.3% to £164.9m  

•  Maintained Adjusted PBT Margin at 15.1%,

(2021: £144.3m)

  despite significant inflationary pressures 

•  Still products +8.2% to £78.3m (2021: £72.4m)

(2021: 15.1%) 

•  Carbonated products +20.4% to £86.6m 

(2021: £71.9m)

•  Continued strong cash performance with FCF1 
  of £14.6m (2021: £17.5m)

•  UK revenues increased by 13.7% to £127.0m

•  £18.9m excluding historic HMRC incentive 

 (2021: £111.6m)

scheme tax settlement during the year 

•  UK Packaged route to market sales +2.9%

•  Cash conversion2 at 72% (2021: 103%)

•  UK Out of Home (OoH) recovery continues post  

•  Exceptional charge of £11.1m

  pandemic, with revenues +42.8% 

•  £8.7m attributable to non-cash impairment of

•  International revenues +16.1% to £38.0m 

  OoH intangible and fixed assets

(2021: £32.7m) 

•  Middle East revenue +20.4% (+11.3% excluding

  2021 marketing investment)

•  Proposed final dividend of 15.3p, up 15.0% 
  year-on-year and reflecting 2x cover3, in-line
  with the Group’s dividend policy

Year ended
31 December 2022
£m

Year ended
31 December 2021
£m

Group Revenue

4
Adjusted Profit Before Tax (PBT)

Profit/(loss) Before Tax (PBT)

4
Adjusted PBT Margin

PBT Margin

Statutory EBITDA

5

4
Adjusted earnings per share (basic)

Earnings/(loss) per share (basic)

1
Free Cash Flow
 (FCF)

6
Adjusted Return on Capital Employed

7
Statutory Return on Capital Employed

Proposed Final Dividend

Full Year Dividend

£164.9m

£25.0m

£13.8m

15.1%

8.4%

£26.9m

55.38p

31.86p

£14.6m

27.2%

14.2%

15.3p

27.7p

£144.3m

£21.8m

Movement

+14.3%

+14.5%

£(17.7)m

+178.4%

15.1%

-

(12.2%)

+20.6ppts

£23.7m

46.15p

+13.3%

+20.0%

(60.04p)

+153.1%

£17.5m

(16.7%)

26.6%

+0.6ppts

(15.8%)

+30.0ppts

13.3p

23.1p

+15.0%

+19.9%

•  Significant progress in Africa continued with  

• 

If approved at the Group’s AGM, the full year  

1  Free Cash Flow is the net increase in cash and cash equivalents before acquisition funding and dividends

revenue +15.0%

  dividend of 27.7p would represent a 19.9% 

2  Cash Conversion is the Free Cash Flow/Adjusted Profit After Tax

•  ROW markets revenue +12.7%, supported by  

strong OoH recovery in Europe 

increase year-on-year

3  Dividend cover is adjusted basic earnings per share divided by the dividend per share

4  Excluding Exceptional items 

5  EBITDA is the statutory profit before tax, interest, depreciation, and amortisation

6  Adjusted return on capital employed is the adjusted operating profit divided by the average period-end capital employed. This is not  

considered to be a KPI for the Group, however, due to the number of adjustments in recent years, this has been included within our 

Financial Highlights

7  Statutory return on capital employed is the operating profit divided by the average period-end capital employed

56

57

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVENUE

Group’s revenue line). The balance 

were marginally offset by positive 

Distribution expenses totalled 

Out of Home Strategic Review

In line with market expectations, 

of revenue growth was generated 

changes to the sales mix, resulted 

£10.7m (2021: £9.1m), an increase 

by net improved volumes (both 

in a negative gross profit impact 

quantity and sales mix) across the 

of £0.9m. The removal of the 

Group’s three routes to market. 

marketing investment (reported 

Throughout FY22, this balanced 

as part of the Group’s revenue 

of 17.0%, due to a combination 

of net higher trading volumes 

across the UK and ongoing and 

significant inflationary pressure. 

approach helped the Vimto brand 

line) in the Middle East in 2021 

The Group entered a new five-year 

Group revenues were £164.9m, 

an increase of £20.6m or 14.3% 

compared to 2021. The period 

was dominated by significant and 

accelerating inflationary pressures 

and, in H2 in particular, by the 

widely publicised cost of living 

pressures impacting consumers. 

to continue to achieve growth in 

supported year-on-year gross 

the UK and internationally, whilst 

profit comparisons by £0.8m. 

also protecting the Group’s net 

Underlying cost of goods inflation 

The Group’s clear and long held 

margins.

value over volume strategy 

provided clear direction as we 

GROSS PROFIT

approached 14% across the year, 

with mitigating actions successfully 

implemented to reduce this to 

sought to mitigate these pressures 

Gross profit at £71.0m was £5.8m 

closer to 10%. Mitigating actions 

through both cost efficiency 

higher than 2021 (£65.2m) and 

included the successful transfer 

and revenue management. Of 

2.1 percentage points lower at 

of the Group’s UK dilutes contract 

the £20.6m revenue growth, 

43.1% (2021: 45.2%). Excluding the 

manufacturing volume to faster 

£8.8m came from a combination 

impact of the input costs aligned 

and more efficient lines in H1 

In Q1 2021 the Group commenced 

a strategic review into its OoH 

route to market, to consider 

customer and product mix as 

well as review ways to enhance 

net margin and profitability going 

we anticipate that growth 

projections for OoH beyond 2022 

will be lower than previously 

estimated, given the economic 

outlook and change in consumer 

patterns. 

forward. The Group incurred 

Whilst cost pressure is expected 

£0.5m of costs in the period to 

to be fully recovered within OoH, 

prepare its recommendations for 

the gross margin progression 

implementation. Additional costs 

anticipated previously is not now 

will be incurred through 2023 

likely to be achieved, despite there 

as these recommendations are 

being significant opportunities to 

distribution arrangement in H2 

2021 that became operational 

during 2022, resulting in both 

significant additional capacity as 

well as opportunities for improved 

efficiency in the coming years.

ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

implemented. These additional 

enhance net margin through better 

Administration expenses excluding 

exceptional items totalled £35.7m 

(2021: £34.1m), an increase of 

implementation costs are one-off 

alignment of our customer and 

in nature and will be treated as 

product mix with our cost base. 

exceptional.

The Group’s cost of capital has 

of appropriate price recovery 

to the price recovery implemented 

following completion of its UK 

£1.6m or 4.7% year-on-year, largely 

Impairment of intangible and 

increased, largely due to macro-

(+£8.0m), implemented in 

in partnership with our customers 

operational supply chain review. 

related to increases in net payroll 

fixed assets

partnership with our customers, 

gross profit % was consistent with 

and the impact of the removal 

2021.

The impact of movements in 

foreign exchange rates on gross 

and staff related costs in response 

to cost of living increases.  

of the marketing investment 

(+£0.8m) in the Middle East in 

2021 (reported as part of the 

Significant volume growth was 

profit was favourable at +£0.2m.

EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

seen in both the Group’s OoH and 

International routes to market 

DISTRIBUTION EXPENSES

and improved gross profit by 

Distribution expenses within the 

approximately £5.7m. Reduced 

Group are those associated with 

volumes in the UK Packaged 

the UK Packaged route to market 

The Group has incurred £11.1m of 

exceptional costs during the year 

(2021: £39.5m), £8.7m of which is 

non-cash.

The impact of Covid-19 resulted 

in a difficult period of trade for 

OoH from 2020 through 2021, 

with many outlets being closed 

economic factors affecting all 

businesses, from 8.2% to 13.1%. 

This has resulted in a higher 

threshold required to support the 

carrying values of assets.

for a prolonged period of time. 

As a result, management have 

Whilst trade within the hospitality 

recognised a further non-cash 

industry has reopened post 

impairment charge of £8.7m, in 

the pandemic, the impact of 

the current year, impairing all 

route to market, 

and, for OoH, the distribution 

Review of UK Packaged supply 

the war in the Ukraine, and its 

the remaining intangible assets 

where quantity 

costs incurred from factory to 

chain

declines 

depot. “Final leg” distribution costs 

within OoH are reported within 

administrative expenses. 

In Q4 2020, the Group commenced 

a review of its UK operational 

supply chains. The project has 

progressed steadily with significant 

changes implemented, including 

the Group entering several new 

five-year contract manufacturing 

and distribution arrangements that 

both built significant additional 

capacity, in-line with the Group’s 

growth plans, and improved 

efficiency. These projects, which 

completed during 2022, resulted in 

£1.5m of exceptional costs in the 

period (2021: £0.6m, 2020: £0.3m).

impact on inflation and cost of 

(£4.8m) within our OoH route to 

living pressures have meant that 

market and a proportion of its 

whilst trade within the hospitality 

fixed assets (£3.9m). In 2021, as 

industry initially returned to pre-

previously announced, the Group 

Covid levels, growth is significantly 

impaired the Goodwill generated 

slower than previously forecast 

from previous OoH acquisitions 

in the short term and saw a 

(2021: £36.2m).

significant slowdown in Q4 as 

inflationary pressures impacted 

Historic incentive scheme

consumers. Certain sectors of the 

The Group has now settled 

hospitality industry, for example 

with HMRC the £4.3m tax and 

Cinema, Holiday and Theme 

interest charges relating to a 

Parks where our frozen business 

historic incentive scheme and 

operates, have seen significant 

will now commence recovery of 

volume decline all year versus pre-

debts from current and previous 

pandemic revenues.

management who had indemnified 

the Company. 

58

59

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORTThe Group’s clear 
and long held value 
over volume strategy 
provided clear 
direction as we sought 
to mitigate significant 
and accelerating 
inflationary pressures 
through both cost 
efficiency and revenue 
management.

EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS 

deposits following the Bank of 

(CONTINUED)

England interest rate rises.

Historic incentive scheme

ADJUSTED PROFIT BEFORE TAX/

(continued)

PROFIT BEFORE TAX AND TAX 

The Group incurred legal costs in 

RATE

the period of £0.1m in relation to 

Adjusted profit before tax 

the case.

Group Systems Review

increased by 14.5% to £25.0m 

(2021: £21.8m). The tax charge 

on adjusted profit before tax for 

The Group has commenced 

the period of £4.8m (2021: £4.8m) 

a project to implement a new 

represents an effective tax rate 

enterprise resource planning 

of 19.0% (2021: 21.9%). Reported 

(ERP) system, which is expected 

profit before tax was £13.8m 

to be operational through 2024. 

(2021: £17.7m loss).

Initial review costs of £0.3m were 

incurred in the period. 

Due to the one-off nature of these 

charges, the Board is treating these 

items as exceptional costs and 

their impact has been removed in 

all adjusted measures throughout 

this report. 

FINANCE COSTS

ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE/

EARNINGS PER SHARE

On an adjusted basis, diluted 

earnings per share (EPS) was 

55.32 pence (2021: 46.09p). Total 

adjusted EPS increased to 55.38 

pence (2021: 46.15p) with basic 

EPS at 31.86 pence (2021: -60.04p).

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Net finance income of £0.4m 

AND BALANCE SHEET 

(2021: £0.1m loss) was significantly 

up on the prior year, as the Group 

ensured the best return for its 

The Group’s focus on cash 

conversion continued and the 

Group achieved a cash conversion 

PENSIONS 

of 72% (31 December 2021: 103%).

The Group operates two employee 

Free cash flow (FCF) in the period 

benefit plans: a defined benefit 

was £14.6m (31 December 2021: 

plan that provides benefits based 

£17.5m), after paying a gross 

on final salary, which is now closed 

£4.3m tax settlement in relation to 

to new members, and a defined 

historic incentive schemes during 

contribution group personal plan. 

the year as described above. 

At 31 December 2022, the Group 

Excluding this settlement, the 

recognised a surplus on its UK 

Group’s FCF would have improved 

defined benefit scheme of £4.1m 

year-on-year to £18.9m. 

(2021: surplus £5.3m).

The Group’s FCF was fully utilised 

During the year the Trustees 

this year, undertaking a £5.5m 

were able, with the support of the 

treasury share Buyback to facilitate 

Company, to further de-risk the 

future servicing of the Group’s 

assets held within the scheme. 

SAYE Option Scheme and/or Long-

This is in addition to the de-risking 

Term Incentive Plan, alongside 

work carried out during 2021. 

£9.4m for dividend payments 

Assets versus liabilities is now at 

made during the period.

122% versus 83% at the time of 

the last valuation (April 2020). The 

Company is now working with 

the Trustees to develop its future 

funding strategy ahead of the next 

valuation in April 2023.

David Rattigan

Chief Financial Officer

28 February 2023

Cash and cash equivalents at the 

end of the period remained strong 

at £56.3m (31 December 2021: 

£56.7m). 

Working capital is now normalised 

post the pandemic and is reflective 

of the higher raw material and 

packaging costs experienced in 

the period. Capital expenditure 

of £1.2m was broadly consistent 

year-on-year (2021: £1.2m).

The Group’s current Adjusted 

Return on Capital Employed 

progressed marginally at 27.2% (31 

December 2021: 26.6%). Statutory 

Return on Capital employed is 

14.2% (31 December 2021: 15.8% 

loss). 

60

61

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORTRISK
MANAGEMENT

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND 

UNCERTAINTIES

 LOSS OF SYSTEM AVAILABILITY 

Risk score movement key

Increased              Decreased              No change

The primary aim of the Group’s 

Updates and progress from the 

The following represents the 

Impact

Mitigation

Development

risk management process is to 

RMT are presented back to the 

principal risks identified by the 

assist the business in meeting 

Audit Committee regularly which 

Board. As previously stated, 

its strategic and operational 

monitors the effectiveness of the 

there are other risks affecting the 

objectives.  

process.

The Board identifies the principal 

The Board continues to review 

risks while operational risks 

its overall risk framework 

are identified via a bottom up 

within the context of an ever 

approach and managed via 

shifting and dynamic post-

functional risk registers. Both 

Covid-19 environment, which 

current risks and emerging risks 

has seen rapidly rising inflation 

are regularly reviewed using both 

and increased cost of living 

this top down and bottom up 

pressures. During the year we 

approach. The Board has created a 

have maintained our focus on 

Risk Management Team (RMT) 

the delivery of the risk mitigation 

which regularly meets to discuss, 

plans whilst supporting the 

monitor and oversee the risks and 

ongoing progression of the control 

controls within the Group. 

environment. 

business, but with a lower risk 

score and impact.  The Senior 

Leadership Team regularly reviews 

the output from the RMT and the 

Board has confidence that the 

current risk management process 

highlights any relevant changes 

in both current and emerging 

risks that may be strategically 

important. 

Risk management key

      Short term

      Medium term

      Long term

62

In common with many other 

Nichols operates several 

Whilst significant work has been 

businesses, we are highly 

preventative systems and controls 

undertaken over the previous 

dependent on the availability of IT 

to reduce the risk. 

years in order to mitigate the risk 

systems. The supply chain function 

specifically is heavily reliant on 

technology. Accordingly, disruption 

to IT systems could limit availability 

of products and consequently 

impact sales.

In addition, we have a disaster 

recovery plan, including the use of 

third-party professional providers 

to host our systems and data.

The offsite data centre hosts our 

business critical applications in a 

dual mirrored set-up, which would 

restore systems within 2 hours in 

the event of a major outage.

of system availability, the Group 

continues to update the current 

systems and controls whilst 

seeking out further improvements 

as appropriate. 

In the year, the Group has 

commenced a project to 

implement a new a new 

enterprise resource planning 

(ERP) system, which is expected 

to be operational through 2024. 

The Group has engaged a third 

party transformation specialist 

to partner throughout all stages 

of the implementation who will 

work alongside a dedicated cross 

functional team from within the 

business.

 THREAT OF CYBER-ATTACK

Impact

Mitigation

Development

The threat of cyber-attack is an 

Nichols operates several 

Building on the recent system 

ever present and indeed, ever 

preventative systems and controls, 

updates, during the year the 

growing risk in today’s global 

including regular penetration 

Group has focussed on enhancing 

business environment. Disruption 

testing, to reduce the risk. 

staff awareness of cyber risk via 

to IT systems could limit availability 

of products and consequently 

reduce sales.

focussed training, in addition to 

further strengthening of controls 

where possible such as blocking 

user access and log on outside of 

the UK for example.

Significant upgrades were made 

in the prior year including, 

but not limited to, encryption 

developments, multifactor 

authentication and a default 

deployment strategy of security 

measures.

In addition, we have a disaster 

recovery plan including the use of 

third-party professional providers 

to host our systems and data 

whilst providing 24/7 monitoring 

and reporting of security events.

63

RISK MANAGEMENTSTRATEGIC REPORT HEALTH & SAFETY INCIDENT

Impact

Mitigation

Development

The Group operates with multiple 

The Group is supported by 

Significant progress has been 

office locations, a large field-based 

an effective Health & Safety 

made during the year with the 

team and one manufacturing site. 

Management system, comprising 

introduction of a new incident 

A health and safety incident, for 

policies and procedures to 

management SharePoint including 

example in a warehouse or on the 

support all functions. The review 

Group policies and legal register. 

road, could result in serious injury 

and delivery of the health and 

or death or investigation by the 

safety management system is 

relevant authority.

supported by a cross functional 

committee, chaired by our Group 

H&S Manager. One of the key roles 

for the committee is to ensure the 

embedding and effectiveness of 

our policies and procedures across 

the Group.

Training within the business across 

all Health and Safety matters 

continues to be a key focus for the 

Group.

 FAILURE TO SUCCESSFULLY EVOLVE OUR BRAND AND PRODUCT PORTFOLIO
 IN LINE WITH CHANGING CONSUMER NEEDS

Impact

Mitigation

Development

Consumer needs, preferences 

We continually track and 

The Group has continued to 

and behaviours in relation to soft 

monitor market and category 

innovate, extending our owned 

drinks purchase and consumption 

trends and consumer attitudes 

and licensed brands into new 

are constantly evolving. Failure 

and behaviours to ensure our 

flavours and consumption 

to anticipate and respond to 

continued relevance to consumers. 

occasions in the UK and 

these changes and adapt our 

This insight is the foundation 

Internationally.

portfolio through renovation and 

for our Portfolio, Brand and 

innovation, may result in a loss of 

Innovation Strategies. 

The Innovation Steering 

Committee has continued to 

volume or impede our ability to 

deliver growth.  

We have a rolling 3-year pipeline of 

govern and oversee these key 

Innovation and Renovation across 

strategic projects.

both new and existing brands.  

 SINGLE SOURCE OF SUPPLY OF VIMTO CONCENTRATE

Impact

Mitigation

Development

The unique Vimto flavour is 

Working in partnership with our 

During the year the Group 

 ADVERSE PUBLICITY IN RELATION TO THE SOFT DRINKS INDUSTRY, THE GROUP OR OUR BRANDS, 
 LEADING TO REPUTATIONAL DAMAGE OR ADVERSE CONSUMER OR TRADE PERCEPTIONS

Impact

Mitigation

Development

created across our supply base 

suppliers, we have established 

successfully entered into 

Negative publicity affecting the 

The business adheres to core 

The Group continues to regularly 

using the Vimto compound. 

alternate production capability at 

several  new five-year contract 

brand could reduce consumer 

values of originality, authenticity 

monitor and track media coverage 

Unavailability of the Vimto 

more than one location to ensure 

manufacturing and distribution 

demand for the Group’s products.

and ethics which result in a strong 

relating to the Group and its 

brand.

Brands.

The Group has completed a media 

monitoring trial during the year 

in addition to exploring the use of 

social media monitoring.

compound could impede our 

continuity of supply.

ability to produce and therefore 

significantly impact the Group’s 

revenue. As a result, it is vital that 

we have surety of supply of the 

compound.

 PRODUCT QUALITY ISSUES 

arrangements. Work continues 

with our strategic suppliers to 

further strengthen our business 

continuity plans.

Impact

Mitigation

Development

Inconsistent quality or 

The business demands strict 

The Group’s Incident Management 

contamination of any products 

quality controls from all 

Process has continued to be 

across the Group’s portfolio reduce 

manufacturers and suppliers of 

reviewed and refined throughout 

demand within the market. This 

our materials and finished goods. 

the year.

could have significant impact on 

We seek independent validation 

the Group’s financial performance 

of these controls via Global Food 

and cause reputational damage.

Safety Initiative (GFSI) approved 

bodies such as the British Retail 

Consortium (BRC).

We adopt a comprehensive risk-

based monitoring approach to 

all suppliers and manufacturers 

across all routes to market, 

specifically designed to mitigate 

quality risks.

64

65

RISK MANAGEMENTSTRATEGIC REPORT   
 LOSS OF A MAJOR CUSTOMER ACCOUNT OR KEY PARTNER

 FAILURE TO PROTECT THE GROUP’S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

Impact

Mitigation

Development

Impact

Mitigation

Development

Loss of a major customer or key 

We are dedicated to maintaining 

We have been reviewing our key 

A failure to protect the Group’s 

The Group’s legal team employ 

Monitoring of all trademark activity 

partner could limit availability of 

long-term relationships with all 

partnerships to evolve contingency 

intellectual property rights across 

a specialist legal firm to monitor 

continues with the support of a 

our products and consequently 

our customers and key partners. 

plans and business continuity 

the globe could negatively impact 

and litigate in response to all 

third party provider.

impact sales.

However, the Group’s diverse 

planning.

income streams across markets 

and regions mean we are not 

overly reliant on any one customer 

or partner. 

We do not have any one customer 

that attributes more than 10% of 

total revenues and we are working 

to ensure that our key supplier 

partnerships are not limited to 

either one supplier or one site 

where possible.

 INTRODUCTION OF NEW GOVERNMENT LEGISLATION

Impact

Mitigation

Development

The introduction of new 

The Group monitors its markets 

The cross functional working 

Government legislation within 

and any potential changes in 

group established to manage 

either the UK or overseas, could 

legislation. Where such changes 

the Group’s implementation of 

reduce demand for the Group’s 

are identified, the Group considers 

the Scottish DRS scheme has 

products and significantly impact 

several scenarios to manage the 

undertook significant work during 

the Group’s revenue. In addition, 

potential outcome, working with 

the year in preparation of the 2023 

new legislation could have an 

our key partners as necessary.

go live. This includes liaising with 

the perception of the brand and 

trademark infringements to 

therefore revenues as a result.

protect its Intellectual property 

and Brands.

 INCREASING FOCUS ON CLIMATE CHANGE, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES RESULTING 
 IN NEW GOVERNMENT LEGISLATION

Impact

Mitigation

Development

There is increasing focus on 

The business has developed 

In the year the Group made 

environmental and social issues 

a Environmental, Social and 

clear progress in embedding our 

in Government. This may result in 

Governance (ESG) strategy which 

Happier Future Strategy within 

new legislation (eg. plastic tax & 

is focused on creating a Happier 

the business. This included but 

High in Fat, Sugar, Salt (HFSS) foods 

Future for our planet by doing the 

isn’t limited to; introducing HFSS-

legislation) being issued which may 

right things in the right way.

compliant products across our 

in turn affect both customer and 

consumer preferences and the 

Group’s revenues.

The remit of this strategy includes 

but is not limited to, Carbon 

consumption, sustainable 

packaging and health and well-

being.

UK packaged portfolio, collecting 

Scope 3 emissions data across our 

UK supply chains and embedding 

clear social and environmental 

requirements into our contracts 

with key partners.

impact upon the cost of production 

and limit availability of our 

products.

The introduction of the Deposit 

Return Scheme (DRS) is an 

example of Government legislation 

which will likely pose risk to the 

Group.

appropriate governing bodies and 

external experts whilst meeting 

on a regular basis to ensure 

the business is well positioned 

to mitigate any impacts from a 

commercial, operational, financial 

and systems perspective.

This team will also monitor 

guidance regarding and prepare 

for the implementation of an 

English scheme.

David Rattigan

Chief Financial Officer

28 February 2023

66

67

RISK MANAGEMENTSTRATEGIC REPORTSECTION 172
STATEMENT

PROMOTING THE SUCCESS OF 

•  the desirability of the company 

The following section of this 

ACTION: 

C A S E   S T U D Y

  OUT OF HOME STRATEGIC REVIEW  (CONTINUED)

THE COMPANY

  maintaining a reputation 

Annual Report serves as an 

for high standards of business 

overview of how the Directors, with 

Under Section 172(1) of the 

Companies Act 2006, a director 

conduct

of a company must act in the 

•  the need to act fairly between 

way they consider, in good faith, 

  members of the company

would be most likely to promote 

the success of the company for 

the benefit of its members as a 

whole, and in doing so have regard 

(amongst other matters) to the 

following factors:

The Board is ultimately responsible 

for the direction, management, 

performance and long-term 

sustainable success of the 

the support of the wider business, 

engage with our stakeholders and 

consider these range of factors in 

the course of their s172 duties.

PRINCIPAL BOARD DECISIONS 

AND CONSIDERATIONS DURING 

2022

Company. It sets the Group’s 

The Board considers the key 

strategy and objectives taking 

matters detailed on page 70 to 

•  the likely consequences of any

into account the interests of all its 

be the Principal Decisions and 

  decision in the long-term

stakeholders. 

•  the interests of the company’s  

A good understanding of the 

considerations it has made during 

the year to 31 December 2022. 

  employees

Company’s stakeholders enables 

The Board considers ‘Principal 

•  the need to foster the  

company’s business

relationships with suppliers,  

customers and others

the Board to factor the potential 

Decisions’ to be those decisions 

impact of strategic decisions 

which entail significant long-term 

on each stakeholder group 

implications and consequences for 

into Boardroom discussions. 

the Company and its stakeholders 

Consequently, Board resolutions 

- to distinguish these from the 

•  the impact of the company’s 

are determined with reference to 

normal, ordinary course decision-

  operations on the community

the Company’s key stakeholders: 

making processes that the Board 

  and the environment

its employees, its customers, its 

engages in.

suppliers, the community in which 

it operates, the environment and 

its shareholders.

C A S E   S T U D Y

  OUT OF HOME STRATEGIC REVIEW 

BACKGROUND: 

the Covid-19 pandemic with the prolonged closure 

customer base. 

of many outlets. Whilst the hospitality trade began to 

return to pre-Covid-19 levels, albeit at a slower pace 

than previously forecast, on further assessment of 

the underlying financial performance of the route 

to market it was noted that margin progression 

after overheads could only be achieved with 

transformational change in terms 

As a result a strategic review of the Group’s OoH route 

to market was undertaken during 2022 in order to 

develop a clear strategy that the Board believe will 

deliver a near term return to net profitability whilst 

also providing clear direction in terms of how the OoH 

route to market should be optimally managed and 

developed going forward.

With the assistance of external consultants, the 

Potential options included rationalisation of 

strategic review was undertaken to fully understand 

the business, greater outsourcing and further 

the drivers of performance and explore the potential 

consolidation or acquisition.

strategic options available to improve profitability. 

OUTCOME: 

The strategic review provided clarity on the financial 

These actions include:

performance of OoH whilst also identifying that 

OoH operates with discrete operations, customers, 

products and suppliers.

It is clear post the pandemic that the strategic 

challenges within our OoH business are quite distinct 

from those that exist within our Packaged business. 

•  operating OoH as a distinct division within the

  Company 

•  exit of underperforming contracts and product 

categories, including coffee and national frozen 

  accounts

The likely long term returns from our OoH business 

•  exit of the in-house central frozen region, which 

are lower and a different approach to management of 

is considered sub scale and unprofitable and for 

the business is required to deliver shareholder value 

  dispense is already serviced by a distributor 

in the long term.

•  a review of processes to simplify the business 

The strategic review identified several immediate 

  ensuring a rationalisation of operating costs and 

actions that will be implemented through FY23.

central overheads

• 

improved financial reporting, including divisional 

  and regional reporting focusing on net profit and 

return on capital employed

CONSIDERATION OF STAKEHOLDERS:

The Strategic review undertaken and the actions 

The changes proposed whilst reducing numbers 

arising are an affirmative step by the Board into 

of employees within the OoH route to market 

addressing the challenging conditions within the route 

considerably increase for employee’s local 

to market. 

The change to the Group’s operating results in its 

to the Group’s shareholders around the ongoing 

future challenges and progress made within this route 

to market.

FUTURE ACTIONS: 

accountability and understanding of the financial 

performance within their regions. Redundancy and 

retention packages offered to employees affected by 

the changes are considerably greater than statutory 

and various support packages are in place for 

individuals affected by the change. 

The plan to deliver this strategic project is expected to 

realised during FY24. OoH financial performance will 

be implemented during 2023 with benefits largely

be segmentally reported from FY23. 

The OoH drinks market was significantly impacted by 

of how the Group services the trade and its wider 

external Annual Report and Accounts will give visibility 

68

69

SECTION 172 STATEMENTSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 PRINCIPAL BOARD DECISIONS AND CONSIDERATIONS DURING 2022

 HOW THE GROUP ENGAGED WITH ITS KEY STAKEHOLDERS DURING 2022

BOARD DECISION: 

In 2022, the Group commenced a review of its OoH route to market.

EMPLOYEES 

Why we engage

CONSIDERATIONS:

The purpose of the strategic review was to develop a clear strategy that would 

deliver a near term return to net profitability whilst also providing clear direction 

in terms of how the OoH route to market should be optimally managed and 

developed going forward.

Details on the review and outcome is within the case study on pages 68 to 69.

BOARD DECISION: 

During the year the Board considered HMRC’s ruling into historic contracts with 

some of its senior management relating to incentive schemes which were designed 

to motivate, retain and engage those key employees. 

HMRC were of the view that the arrangements should have been taxed as 

employment income, which the Group and its advisors had previously disputed. 

In the prior year a tribunal was convened to consider the dispute of the Group’s 

scheme as well as similar schemes operated by other companies.

At the start of 2022, the tribunal found that the arrangements should have been 

taxed as employment income.

The Board sought its own legal opinion regarding both the likelihood of success 

under further appeal and debt recovery before settling with HMRC and the debt 

recovery process.

CONSIDERATIONS:

Following the ruling from HMRC the Company has settled its tax liability and will 

commence recovery of debts from current and previous management during 2023.

BOARD DECISION: 

The Board carried out a review of the soft drinks market in terms of long-term 

growth prospects and consumer trends highlighting potential acquisition 

opportunities.

In conjunction with the OoH strategic review the Board agreed capital allocation 

would focus on the Group’s Packaged route to market.

The Board reviewed management’s M&A business case development processes, 

including financial metrics required to ensure robust integration planning and 

future shareholder value.

The Group’s long-term success is predicated on the commitment of our employees 

to our purpose and its demonstration of our values on a daily basis. To maintain our 

competitive advantage and meet the growing demands of the environment in which 

we operate, we need a workforce which is adaptive and whose skill base constantly 

evolves.

We also value workers with long-term practical experiences. We engage with our 

workforce to ensure that we are fostering an environment that they are happy to 

work in and that best supports their well-being.

How we engaged during 2022

We have continued to use employee engagement surveys to understand what areas 

we can improve upon. Engagement by employees in  these surveys is high with an 

average of 85% of employees responding. 

The Group scores highly with regards to organisational integrity; engaging 

managers; leadership; realising employees potential; and employees understanding 

the culture of the Group. 

Areas the Group needs to improve upon are wellbeing and employee voice. We 

worked to fully understand what improvements we need to make and ran local 

focus groups to get more specifics on the feedback and to understand where there 

are variations across functions/level/location. Actions plans were then drafted and 

implemented during the last quarter of 2022.

CUSTOMERS

Why we engage

Communications and relationships with our direct customers is a fundamental 

ingredient to our success.

How we engaged during 2022

The Nichols plc commercial teams have continuous communications with our direct 

customers, through face-to-face and virtual meetings, to understand their needs, 

share our plans, seek feedback, and nurture collaborative working practices. We 

engage with our end consumers through our on-going promotional and advertising 

activity.

CONSIDERATIONS:

The Board considered the long-term consumer trends, potential acquisition targets, 

appropriate cost of capital including risk premiums, reasonable valuation metrics 

and integration synergy planning.

SUPPLIERS

Why we engage

BOARD DECISION: 

The Board considered and approved a grant under the Company’s Save-As-You-

Earn Share Option Scheme (SAYE Option Scheme).

CONSIDERATIONS:

The Board considered the terms of the proposed SAYE Option Scheme grant, noting 

that it would be open to all eligible employees.

The Board agreed the price at which the options would be subscribed for, being 

set at a 20% discount to the average mid-market share price for the previous three 

days prior to the grant of the options. When the SAYE Option Scheme matures, the 

exercise of the options would be satisfied by using shares held in Treasury, having 

been bought as part of the share buyback process that took place in 2022.

Given Nichols’ Packaged outsourced manufacturing model and OoH in house 

manufacturing footprint, having long-term strategic partnerships with our suppliers 

and co-packers is essential. Our suppliers are fundamental to the quality of our 

products and to ensuring that as a business, we meet the high standards of conduct 

that we set ourselves.

How we engaged during 2022

The Nichols plc supply chain team and senior management have regular review 

meetings with our supplier base.

70

71

SECTION 172 STATEMENTSTRATEGIC REPORT HOW THE GROUP ENGAGED WITH ITS KEY STAKEHOLDERS DURING 2022 (CONTINUED)

THE COMMUNITY

Why we engage

SHAREHOLDERS

Why we engage

The Group cares about its community and understands the importance of giving 

back to help and inspire others to achieve, developing positive relationships and 

maintaining a strong reputation within the community.

How we engaged during 2022

The Group pledged to improve the future for over 100 young people in our 

local communities, raising aspirations through skills development and career 

development opportunities. 

In addition to existing partnerships, during 2022 the Group entered into a 

partnership with Manchester Thunder, a ParaNetball team whose goal is to change 

the lives of deaf and disabled young people through the provision of a welcoming, 

accessible and inclusive ParaNetball programme.

The Group’s commitment to providing opportunities for young people extends to 

our international business with our on-going support for the Waves For Change 

Initiative.

During 2022 employees participated in “Camp Vimto” our brand-new programme 

that helps children from disadvantaged backgrounds learn life skills via workshops 

& interactive/outdoor activities to learn ‘real’ life skills such as resilience, good 

choices and how to look after their health. The programme also provides them 

with the opportunity to learn about FMCG careers and provides opportunities in 

mentoring, mock interview and placements within the UK business.

THE ENVIRONMENT

Why we engage

Nichols plc is aware of its environmental responsibilities and whilst all its current 

consumer packaging is already recyclable, the Group is working with suppliers and 

customers to reduce plastic waste as part of its “Happier Future” strategy.

Continued access to capital is of vital importance to the long-term success of our 

business. Through our engagement activities, we strive to obtain investor buy-in 

into our strategic objectives and how we go about executing on them. We create 

value for our shareholders by generating strong and sustainable results that 

translate into both dividends and a platform for future shareholder value growth. 

We are seeking to promote an investor base that is interested in a long-term 

holding in the Group.

How we engaged during 2022

The Executive Directors meet our institutional shareholders on a number of 

occasions throughout the year and aim to have an open dialogue to receive 

feedback.

Investor roadshow meetings are undertaken at least twice a year following the 

preliminary and interim results announcements.

During 2022, the Board committed to publish the presentations on interim and 

full-year results that the executive management give to institutional investors on the 

Company’s website so that our retail shareholders are able to view these as well. 

The presentation for the 2022 Interim Results has already been published.

In addition the Executive Directors now utilise the online meeting platform, Investor 

Meet, to enable retail shareholders to participate in live investor presentations as 

well. This took place for the first time through 2022 and will continue into the future.

Any shareholder feedback we receive via our meetings or otherwise is discussed at 

Board meetings. Shareholders also have the opportunity to field any questions that 

they may not want to be asked directly of the Board to the Non-Executive Directors.

How we engaged during 2022

The Strategic Report has been approved by the Board on

The Group has committed to reduce its impact on climate change by reducing 

28 February 2023

absolute Scope 1 & Scope 2 Green House Gas emissions by 25% by 2025 and define 

its net zero roadmap. 

100% renewable energy is now used at the Group’s Ross-on-Wye factory and Laurel 

House head office in the UK.

Further details can be found on the Company’s website, 

www.nicholsplc.co.uk/happier-future/

72

73

SECTION 172 STATEMENTSTRATEGIC REPORTGOVE RNANCE

The Board

Corporate Governance Statement

Audit Committee Report

Remuneration Committee Report

Nomination Committee Report

Directors’ Report

76

78

86

90

98

100

74

75

CONTENTSGOVERNANCE REPORTOUR
BOARD

CH A IR M AN

DIRECTOR

E
V

I

T
U
C
E
X
E
-
N
O
N

ohn Nichols is the grandson of the founder of the Company 

and inventor of Vimto, John Noel Nichols. John joined Nichols 

plc in 1971 and was appointed as Director in 1975. In 1986 

John became the Group Managing Director, subsequently 

he became Executive Chairman of the Group and in 2007 he 

moved to Non-Executive Chairman. 

John has three grown up children and three grandchildren. John’s two 

sons both work in the Company. John enjoys spending time with his 

family and using his spare time sailing, playing golf and walking his 

dog on the beach in Wales.

E
V

I

T
U
C
E
X
E
-
N
O
N

ames Nichols is the great grandson of the founder of the 

Company and inventor of Vimto, John Noel Nichols; and son 

of the Non-Executive Chairman, John Nichols. James has a 

commercial background and has worked in the business since 

2005, undertaking a wide variety of sales and marketing roles.

James is married to Anna, with two young children who take up much 

of their free time. James and his family enjoy travelling and spending 

time on, in or around the sea.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE

O
F
F

I

C
E
R

ndrew Milne joined Nichols as the Commercial Director 

for Vimto Soft Drinks in July 2013. He was appointed 

to the plc Board on 1st January 2016.

Andrew also has extensive experience in the soft 

drinks industry having previously worked as Sales Director for 

the Northern region at Coca Cola Enterprises and prior to that, as 

Trading Director at GlaxoSmithKline.

Andrew is married to Debbie and they have two children. Andrew is 

a keen Manchester United fan and spends what spare time he has 

either watching or playing sport.

OFF ICE R

L
A

I

C
N
A
N

I

F

F
E

I

H
C

avid Rattigan joined the Group as CFO at the end of 

February 2020 from McBride plc where he had worked for 

the previous 6 years. David has previously held senior 

financial and general management positions at Cheshire 

Constabulary, Premier Foods plc and United Biscuits Limited 

having started his career with ICI plc. 

David is married to Debbie and has four sons. He enjoys football, 

sailing and generally being in the great outdoors as much as possible 

in his spare time.

ohn Gittins is a graduate of the London School of 

Economics and a chartered accountant. He was 

appointed to the Board of Nichols as an Independent 

Non-Executive Director in July 2015 and is a member 

of the Audit Committee (which he chairs) as well as the 

Remuneration and Nomination Committees. 

John is currently Audit Committee Chair of AIM listed Appreciate 

Group plc and has over 20 years’ experience of CFO roles in 

companies such as Begbies Traynor Group plc, Spring Group plc and 

Vertex Data Science Limited. John was previously an independent 

Non-Executive Director and the Audit Committee Chair of Electricity 

North West Limited.

DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENT

N
O
N
-
E
X
E
C
U
T

I

V
E

D

I

R
E
C
T
O
R

E
V

I

T
U
C
E
X
E
-
N
O
N

T
N
E
D
N
E
P
E
D
N

I

elen Keays Helen was appointed to the Board of Nichols as 

an Independent Non-Executive Director in September 2017 

and is a member of the Remuneration Committee (which 

she chairs) as well as the Audit and Nomination Committees. 

After a career in Consumer Marketing at organisations such 

as GE Capital, Sears and Vodafone, Helen has developed significant 

experience working as a Non-Executive Director. She was previously 

Senior Independent Director at Dominos Pizza Group plc, Chair of the 

Remuneration Committee at Communisis plc and has also previously 

held NED roles at Majestic Wines plc and Chrysalis plc. 

Helen is married with two teenage children who keep her busy 

watching their sports matches. In her spare time she likes to play 

tennis. Helen is also a Life Trustee of the Shakespeare Birthplace Trust.

76

77

OUR BOARDGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
STATEMENT

JOH N

-  NICHOLS   -
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

 PRINCIPLES OF THE QCA CODE                      HOW THE COMPANY HAS COMPLIED

PRINCIPLE 1

The Board has collective responsibility for setting the strategic 

Establish a strategy and business 

model which promote long-term   

value for shareholders.

aims and objectives of the Group. Our strategy is articulated on 

pages 26 to 28 and on our website. In the course of implementing 

our strategy, the Board takes into account the expectations of 

the Company’s stakeholders and wider social and environmental 

responsibilities.

PRINCIPLE 2 

The Group maintains communication with institutional shareholders 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

established roles, policies and 

Seek to understand and meet 

shareholder needs and expectations.

through individual meetings with Executive Directors, particularly 

following publication of the Group’s interim and full year results, 

enabling the Executive Directors to have an open dialogue 

and receive feedback. Further details can be found in our s172 

Statement on pages 68 to 73.

I have pleasure in 
introducing Nichols’ 
Corporate Governance 
Statement in what is my 
final report as 
Non-Executive Chairman 
of Nichols.

Having experienced 

unprecedented trading conditions 

in recent years due to the effects 

of the Covid-19 pandemic, 2022 

was another challenging and 

unpredictable year with rising 

inflation, increased cost of living 

pressures on consumers and 

global logistical challenges. 

However, our commitment to 

supporting high standards of 

corporate governance and our 

strong governance framework 

have enabled the Board to 

act quickly and support the 

management team in making 

decisions and taking appropriate 

actions. 

procedures designed to support 

our compliance with the QCA 

Code, the AIM Rules and other 

legal, regulatory and compliance 

requirements which apply to the 

Group. Details of how we comply 

with the QCA Code are set out in 

the table opposite.

Further detail on our approach to 

corporate governance can also be 

found at www.nicholsplc.co.uk/

Home/Aim26.

REPORT

In this section of the Annual 

Report, we set out our governance 

framework and describe the work 

that we have done during the 

year to ensure good corporate 

governance throughout Nichols plc 

and its subsidiaries (“the Group”).

THE QUOTED COMPANIES 

ALLIANCE CORPORATE 

GOVERNANCE CODE

During 2022, we continued to 

follow the Quoted Companies 

Alliance Corporate Governance 

Code (“the QCA Code”). As an 

AIM listed company the Board 

considers that this is the most 

appropriate Code for the Company 

and we have complied with each of 

the ten principles of the QCA Code. 

We recognise the need to continue 

to develop our governance 

practices and disclosures in order 

to ensure that they support the 

strategic progress of the Group 

and the effective application of 

the principles going forward. 

Our governance structure 

provides a framework of clearly 

PRINCIPLE 3

We consider that our stakeholders are: our shareholders; our 

Take into account wider stakeholder

and social responsibilities, and their

implications for long-term success.

employees; our customers; our suppliers; our community; and the 

environment. The Board recognises the importance of maintaining 

regular dialogue with our stakeholders to ensure, and receive and 

consider, their views.

Information on how the Company engages with its key stakeholders 

is provided on pages 71 to 73.

PRINCIPLE 4 

The Board has ultimate responsibility for the systems of internal 

Embed effective risk management,

considering both opportunities and

threats, throughout the organisation.

control and risk management. The Audit Committee reviews the 

Group’s internal controls and risk management processes on the 

Board’s behalf.

The Company’s Risk Management Team (RMT) comprises members 

of the Senor Leadership Team (SLT), the Risk Controller and 

both a legal and H&S representative. The RMT has met regularly 

throughout 2022. The RMT reports to the SLT who will provide an 

update to the Audit Committee three times a year.

The Group’s significant risks and related mitigation/ control are 

disclosed in the Strategic Review on pages 62 to 67.

PRINCIPLE 5 

Details of how the Company has complied with this principle is set 

Maintain the Board as a well- 

functioning, balanced team led by  

the Chairman.

out further in this report.

78

79

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 PRINCIPLES OF THE QCA CODE                      HOW THE COMPANY HAS COMPLIED

PRINCIPLE 5

holds the position of Commercial 

Board Committees: the Audit 

PRINCIPLE 6

Details of how the Company has complied with this principle are set 

Ensure that between them the  

Directors have the necessary 

up-to-date experience, skills and

capabilities.

out further in this report.

PRINCIPLE 7

Details of how the Company has complied with this principle are set 

Evaluate Board performance based on 

clear and relevant objectives, seeking 

continuous improvement.

out further in this report.

PRINCIPLE 8

Details of how the Company has complied with this principle are set 

Promote a corporate culture that 

is based on ethical values and 

out further in this report.

behaviours.

PRINCIPLE 9

Maintain governance structures and 

processes that are fit for purpose and 

support good decision-making by 

the Board.

Details of how the Company has complied with this principle are set 

out further in this report.

PRINCIPLE 10

Communications with shareholders are explained in Principle 2 

Communicate how the Company 

above. In addition to the interim and full year investor roadshows, 

is governed and is performing 

regular meetings are held with analysts, retail investor groups and 

by maintaining a dialogue with 

prospective investors.

shareholders and other relevant 

stakeholders.

The plc website contains information about the business activities, 

access to all RNS announcements and copies of the Annual 

Report and Accounts. The plc website also includes historical 

announcements, as well as the Annual Report and Accounts for 

more than the minimum five years. 

The work of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees is 

described on pages 86 to 99.

Principle 5 of the Code requires 

the maintenance of the Board as 

a well-functioning, balanced team 

led by the Chair.

Controller at Vimto Out of Home 

Committee, the Remuneration 

and has worked within the 

Committee and the Nomination 

business for 18 years. James was 

Committee. The Audit 

appointed as a representative 

Committee and Remuneration 

of the Nichols Family pursuant 

Committee are chaired by the 

The Board is led by our Non-

to a Relationship Agreement 

two independent Non-Executive 

Executive Chairman, John Nichols 

dated 22 July 2020 between the 

Directors. John Nichols chairs the 

and includes two independent 

Company and the Nichols Family. 

Nomination Committee. Details 

Non-Executive Directors, John 

The purpose of the Relationship 

of the operation of the Board 

Gittins and Helen Keays, both of 

Agreement is to formalise Board 

Committees are set out in their 

whom have significant experience 

representation for the Nichols 

respective reports.

of plc directorships. 

Liz McMeikan has been appointed 

on 11 January 2023 as Chair 

designate and is deemed to be 

an independent Non-Executive 

Director on appointment. 

However, when they are appointed 

Family whilst ensuring that the 

Company is capable of carrying 

on, at all times, its business 

independently. Further details 

of the terms of the Relationship 

Agreement are provided on 

page 101.

as Chair of the Company at the 

The Board also comprises of two 

2023 AGM, they will no longer be 

Executive Directors, Andrew Milne 

deemed independent.

and David Rattigan.

In addition, James Nichols is a Non-

The Board has delegated specific 

Executive Director. James also 

responsibilities to its three 

There were six Board meetings 

during the year. Details of 

Board and Committee meeting 

attendance of Directors during the 

year is set out below.

In addition, the Board held a 

Strategy Session in October 

2022, to review its medium-

term strategic plans, at which all 

Directors were present.

DIRECTORS

BOARD

AUDIT

REMUNERATION

NOMINATION

P J Nichols

J A Gittins

H M Keays

J E Nichols

A P Milne

D T Rattigan

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

3/3

3/3

3/3

n/a

n/a

n/a

4/4

4/4

4/4

n/a

n/a

n/a

4/4

4/4

4/4

n/a

n/a

n/a

Chair’s role

As Chair, Mr Nichols’ primary 

affecting the delivery of Nichols 

Currently, at the time of 

publication of this Annual Report 

and Accounts, our Non-Executive 

Chairman is John Nichols who 

is the grandson of our founder, 

John Noel Nichols. The Board has 

announced the appointment of Liz 

McMeikan as Chair designate who 

will take over from Mr Nichols at 

the 2023 AGM. 

responsibility is to effectively 

plc’s strategy.

guide, develop and lead the Board 

and ensure that the Group’s 

corporate governance framework 

is appropriate, is communicated 

and is adopted across the business 

activities. The Chairman is also 

responsible for ensuring the Board 

agenda concentrates on the key 

operational and financial issues 

Whilst Mr Nichols’ shareholding 

and long association with the 

business means that he is not 

regarded as an independent 

Chairman, he is not involved in the 

day to day operations of Nichols 

plc. Those responsibilities are 

managed by the Group’s CEO.

80

81

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
that the Directors ensure that 

A formal Board and Committee 

between them they have the 

performance evaluation was 

necessary up  to-date experience, 

undertaken in November 2021, in 

skills and capabilities.

the form of a questionnaire which 

Board meetings to be 

held at other Group 

locations.

per annum being held at a Group site that is not the head office.

PRINCIPLE 5  (CONTINUED)

Directors are expected to attend 

legal counsel presents to the Board 

Independent Non-Executive Directors 

(INEDs)

all meetings of the Board, and of 

regularly on legal and regulatory 

the Committees on which they sit, 

matters and a written report on 

and to devote sufficient time to 

governance developments is 

Mr John Gittins and Ms Helen 

the Group’s affairs to enable them 

presented at each Board meeting 

Keays are considered by the 

to fulfil their duties as Directors. 

by Prism Cosec, the Company’s 

Company as INEDs. The INED 

In the event that Directors are 

corporate governance advisor.

role is to provide oversight and 

unable to attend a meeting, 

scrutiny of the performance of 

their comments on papers to 

the Executive Directors. John 

be considered at the meeting 

and Helen chair the Audit and 

will be discussed in advance 

Remuneration Committees 

with the Chairman, so that their 

Biographies on all Directors giving 

details of their experience and 

roles on the Board are shown on 

pages 76 to 77.

respectively.

contribution can be included as 

PRINCIPLE 7

Our INEDs are expected to devote 

such time as is necessary for 

the proper performance of their 

duties and normally expect to 

part of the wider Board discussion. 

All Directors attended every 

meeting which they were eligible 

to attend.

spend a minimum of 12 days per 

PRINCIPLE 6

Principle 6 of the Code requires 

Principle 7 of the Code requires 

that the Board and Committees 

evaluate their own performance 

based on clear and relevant 

objectives and seek continuous 

improvement.

annum on Company business, 

after the induction phase, normally 

including attendance at six board 

meetings, the AGM, committee 

meetings plus other events as 

required, including meetings with 

our employees and attendance at 

The current Nichols plc Board has 

strategy meetings. However, the 

significant sector, financial and 

INEDs and the Company recognise 

plc experience and the Executive 

that due to the nature of their role, 

Directors have broad experience 

it is impossible to be specific about 

in the soft drinks industry and in 

the required time commitment, 

manufacturing.

was completed by each member 

of the Board. The questionnaire 

focussed on purpose and culture, 

ESG, Board and Committee 

composition, stakeholder 

engagement Board effectiveness, 

Board processes including 

and additional time commitment 

required when the Company is 

undergoing a period of increased 

activity. In accordance with their 

appointment letter, our INEDs 

agree to commit sufficient time to 

perform their duties.

Executive Directors

The Company has two Executive 

Directors: Andrew Milne and David 

Rattigan. The Executive Directors 

are charged with the delivery of 

the business model within the 

strategy set by the Board.

INEDs communicate with Executive 

Directors and senior management 

between formal Board meetings. 

David Rattigan who was appointed 

professional development, 

as Group Chief Financial Officer 

strategy and leadership, and Board 

in 2020, was also appointed as 

and Group performance. The 

Company Secretary on that date. 

evaluation raised some actions to 

Prism Cosec Limited is engaged 

be considered by the Board and 

to provide certain company 

these were addressed during 2022.

secretarial services to the 

Company to support David in this 

role. This includes the attendance 

at, and minuting of, Board 

meetings to ensure that David is 

able to fully participate in these 

meetings as a Director and Group 

Chief Financial Officer.

Accordingly, there wasn’t a formal 

performance evaluation of the 

Board and Committees during 

2022. Instead, time was focussed 

on addressing the issues raised 

from the 2021 performance 

review. Progress was found to 

have been made on the actions 

With the support of our NOMAD 

suggested in the 2021 review, as 

and our advisors, the Board 

summarised in the table opposite.

training and development needs 

are met. The Company’s in-house 

 TOPIC AREA 

         PROGRESS MADE AGAINST AGREED ACTIONS

Board Succession: 

Liz McMeikan has been appointed as Chair designate to success John Nichols at the 

Commence search for 

Chair successor.

2023 AGM.

Succession planning for the Board is an ongoing topic of discussion and more 

information is provided on the Company’s approach to succession planning in the 

Nomination Committee Report on  page 98. The Executive Directors and other 

members of the SLT attend talent calibration meetings to ensure that the business 

has clear development and succession plans in place.

Board Diversity:

Align according to 

Board succession 

planning.

Following the appointment of Liz McMeikan, gender diversity on the Board has 

increased to 29%. A rigorous recruitment process is undertaken for new Directors 

prior to their proposal and election. When making new appointments, the Company 

will engage a market leading recruiter to provide a shortlist of suitable candidates 

with the required experience and ability as well as considering gender and ethnic 

diversity. 

Any potential candidate for appointment as a Non -Executive Director will be required 

to disclose their other commitments before being appointed as a Director.

Board Effectiveness:

With effect from 2023, the Board calendar will include at least two sets of meetings 

Processes:

Draft minutes are issued to the online board portal after each meeting for each 

Ensure Board minutes 

are issued in the 

online board portal 

after each meeting.

Director to review prior to the minutes being confirmed and approved at the following 

meeting.

Professional 

Development:

Details of training sessions and webinars offered by third parties are circulated by 

email to the Board. The Group’s advisers provide updates as necessary to the Board 

for them to comply with the AIM rules and other legal, regulatory and compliance 

requirements which apply to the Group.

Strategy:

The Board and SLT hold an annual strategy day. Outside of this day, there are regular 

updates on strategy at each Board meeting and the SLT hold regular strategy sessions 

throughout the year as a whole.

Stakeholders:

The AGM is held in person each year. The Board is reviewing the use of Investor Meet 

How to increase Board 

visibility to the Group’s 

stakeholders.

Board & Group 

Performance:

to enable it to reach more retail investors. The Board will meet more employees as 

Group site visits increase.

The next Board and Committee performance evaluation will take place in 2023, once 

the new Chair has settled into their role.

The Remuneration Committee evaluates Executive Director performance, alongside 

remuneration and reward. The Audit Committee engages with the Company’s external 

auditors biannually and holds discussions on the financial systems, procedures and 

efficacy of management.

82

83

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTGOVERNANCE REPORTPRINCIPLE 8

•  Sustainable Business: We

any form. In addition, to ensure 

Principle 8 of the Code requires 

that the Company promotes a 

corporate culture that is based on 

ethical values and behaviours.

value our commitment to 

that any of our employees can 

  having a sustainable business. 

raise any matters of genuine 

  Our sustainable business 

concern without fear of any action 

on page 88.

strategy takes into account our

being taken against them, we also 

  wider corporate, environmental

operate a whistleblowing policy. 

Nichols plc is very proud of its 

   and social responsibilities. 

Further detail of the anti-bribery 

warm and inclusive culture. It 

  Further details are included in 

and whistleblowing policies, 

is our people and how they go 

  pages 32 to 55 of the Strategic 

which are monitored by the Audit 

about their business that has been 

  Report.

fundamental to the sustained 

success of the Group for many 

years. Our culture is reflected in 

our values and the overarching 

theme of our values is ‘doing the 

right thing’.

Our Values:

•  Customers and Suppliers: We

  believe in building long-term 

  partnerships with our 

customers and suppliers.

•  Community: We actively

Committee, is provided in the 

Committee’s Report on page 86 

of this Annual Report. In addition, 

these policies and the Human 

Slavery Statement are available on 

the Company’s website at 

www.nicholsplc.co.uk.

  encourage our employees to

PRINCIPLE 9

•  People: We value and respect

   our employees. Their

  give something back to the

  wider community.

Principle 9 of the Code requires 

that the Company maintains 

  enthusiasm, ideas and hard

The Company has adopted a 

governance structures and 

  work are fundamental to the

Slavery and Human Trafficking 

processes that are fit for purpose 

success of our Company and

Transparency Statement (the 

and support good decision making 

  we recognise that the education

“Statement”) and has an anti-

by the Board.

  and development of our people

bribery policy. These set out the 

is important. We believe that

ethical behaviour expected of 

  developing our talent at Nichols

our employees, with our Human 

is essential to our success and

Slavery Statement also including 

  we identify the development

details of actions that we have 

  needs of all our employees

taken to ensure that human 

through our appraisal

slavery does not exist within 

  programme. We support the

Nichols or within our supply chain. 

Nichols plc has robust internal 

controls, delegated authorities 

and authorisation processes. The 

controls are subject to review, 

both internally by individual teams 

within the Company and externally 

by the Company’s external audit 

provider, BDO LLP. In addition, 

  professional development of

   our employees.

We have a zero-tolerance 

the Company has appointed EY, 

approach for giving or receiving 

as its co-sourcing partner to assist 

of bribes or corrupt payments in 

management in the development 

of a 3-year internal audit strategy. 

Further detail of the Group’s 

internal audit process is provided 

The Board does not consider 

that the appointment of a Senior 

Independent Director is required 

at this time, although this will 

matter be kept under review. 

Shareholders have access to our 

INEDs, John Gittins, Chairman 

of the Audit Committee and 

Helen Keays, Chairman of the 

Remuneration Committee.

This culture of challenge and 

continuous improvement is 

encouraged to ensure that controls 

evolve with the business.

The Nichols plc website at 

www.nicholsplc.co.uk describes the 

roles and terms of reference for 

the Committees.

John Nichols

Non-Executive Chairman

28 February 2023

84

85

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDIT
COMMITTEE
REPORT

JOH N

-  GITTINS  -
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

On behalf of the 
Committee, I am pleased 
to present the Audit 
Committee Report for 
the year ended
31 December 2022, 
which includes actions 
taken by the Committee 
during the year.

The Audit Committee met 

•  To oversee the relationship 

three times during 2022 and all 

  with the external auditor 

Committee members were present 

including recommendations 

at every meeting.

DUTIES

  on their remuneration, 

  approving their terms of 

  engagement, assessing 

The main duties of the Committee 

  annually their independence 

are set out in its Terms of 

  and objectivity and assessing 

Reference which are available on 

  annually the qualifications, 

the Company’s website (www.

  expertise and resources of 

nicholsplc.co.uk/investors/ aim-

the external auditor and the 

rule-26/) and include the following:

  effectiveness of the audit 

MEMBERSHIP OF THE AUDIT 

•  To monitor the integrity of the

  process; and

The Committee comprises three 

Non -Executive Directors. I continue 

to act as Committee Chair, with 

my colleagues John Nichols and 

Helen Keays. Helen and I are 

considered independent Directors. 

John Nichols is not considered 

independent as a result of his 

significant shareholding and 

previous executive role.

The Board is satisfied that I, as 

Chair of the Committee, have 

recent and relevant financial 

experience. I am a chartered 

including its annual and half-

  policy on the supply of 

yearly reports and accounts, 

  non-audit services by the 

  announcements of preliminary

  external auditor including 

results and any other formal 

  prior approval of non-audit 

  announcement relating to its 

services by the committee and

  financial performance;

taking into account any relevant 

•  To review the adequacy and 

  effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal financial controls 

  ethical guidance on the matter 

  and thorough consideration of 

  all appropriate matters.

  and internal control and risk 

The Committee reviews its Terms 

  management systems;

of Reference annually and they 

•  To consider and make 

recommendations to the Board,

currently meet best practice 

standards.

to be put to shareholders for  

AREAS OF FOCUS DURING THE 

accountant and currently chair 

  approval at the AGM, in 

YEAR

the audit committee of Appreciate 

relation to the appointment, 

Group plc and previously of 

Electricity North West Limited.

re-appointment or removal of 

the Company’s external auditor;

During the year, the Audit 

Committee discharged its 

responsibilities by:

COMMITTEE

  accounts of the Group,

•  To develop and implement a 

living crisis.

•  approving the external 

•  approving the plan of targeted 

impairment review and segmental 

  auditor’s plan for the audit 

internal reviews conducted 

reporting as follows. 

  of the Group’s annual accounts,

  by the finance team and the 

including key audit matters, 

internal audit plan proposed by 

Impairment Review

  key risks, confirmation of 

  EY, monitoring the results 

The Committee reviewed 

  auditor independence and 

  of these reviews and the 

accounting papers prepared by 

terms of engagement, including

timely follow up of any control 

management in connection with 

  audit fees.

recommendations. These 

annual impairment reviews. 

•  reviewing the Group’s draft 

  accounts and interim results 

statements and reviewing the

  activities are further explained 

in the internal audit section 

  below.

Out of Home, the Group’s only 

cash-generating unit (CGU) with 

indefinite life Intangible assets, 

  external auditor’s detailed 

•  reviewing the Group’s risk 

has been significantly impacted 

reports thereon, including 

  management process, key risk

by COVID-19 from 2020 through 

consideration of key audit 

register, risk dashboard and risk

2021 and whilst trade within 

  matters and risks. In each 

  mitigations.

case, the Committee reviewed 

  accounting papers prepared 

  by management. In addition, 

•  approving a refreshed 

  Delegation of Authority matrix. 

the hospitality industry has now 

opened post the pandemic, the 

impact of the war in the Ukraine, 

and its impact on inflation and 

  notwithstanding the Group’s 

SIGNIFICANT ISSUES 

cost of living pressures had added 

strong balance sheet, the 

CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO 

further challenges to the CGU 

  Committee reviewed the going 

THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

with growth now significantly 

concern assessment prepared 

  by management, given the 

impact of the ongoing cost of 

As part of the monitoring of 

the integrity of the financial 

statements, significant matters and 

accounting judgments identified 

•  meeting the external auditor, 

by the finance team and the 

  without management, to discuss

external auditor are reviewed by 

  matters relating to its remit and

the Committee and reported to 

  any issues arising from its work.

the Board. The significant matters 

lower than previously expected. 

Based on this trading performance 

and the CGU’s future prospects, 

management assessed the need 

for an impairment of £8.7m, 

representing the entire intangibles 

assets (£4.8m) and a proportion of 

the fixed assets (£3.9m) with which 

the Committee concurred. 

considered by the Committee 

in respect of the year ended 31 

Details of the impairment reviews 

December 2022 are set out below:

performed are outlined in note 14 

including (i) the audit partner 

Strategic Review 

•  reviewing the performance 

  of the external auditor. This 

  assessment covered key areas 

  and team (ii) the audit approach 

  and execution (iii) the 

  Committee and Company 

interactions with the external 

  auditor and (iv) the added value 

  and insights that the external 

  auditors bring. The Committee’s

  findings were subsequently 

  discussed with the external 

  auditor.

to the financial statements.

Segmental Reporting   

During the year the Committee 

have reviewed papers prepared 

In light of the strategic review into 

by management for all accounting 

Out of Home, the Committee have 

matters relating to the Out of 

reviewed management’s continued 

Home Strategic review and its 

assessment and disclosure of the 

potential impacts during the 

Group’s operating segments under 

current year, 2023 and beyond. 

IFRS 8. The Committee concur 

These matters include but are 

with management’s view that 

not limited to, exceptional items, 

the Group’s operating segments 

86

86
86

87
87
87

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
capital expenditure, which were 

established in 2020, now regularly 

report to the Committee. 

WHISTLEBLOWING

The Group has in place a 

whistleblowing policy which sets 

out the formal process by which 

an employee of the Group may, in 

confidence, raise concerns about 

possible improprieties in financial 

reporting or other matters. The 

Committee is satisfied that the 

policy is operating effectively.

ANTI-BRIBERY

The Group has in place an anti-

bribery and anti corruption policy 

which sets out its zero-tolerance 

position and provides information 

and guidance to those working for 

the Group on how to recognise 

and deal with bribery and 

corruption issues. The Committee 

is satisfied that the policy is 

operating effectively.

John Gittins

Chair of the Audit Committee

28 February 2023

for these financial statements 

Going Concern Status   

audit services at least every ten 

Following the Out of Home 

Group’s external auditors.

continues to be both Stills and 

Carbonates, as these are the 

operating results that are reviewed 

regularly by the Board (as chief 

operating decision maker) in order 

to make decisions about resources 

to be allocated to the segment and 

assess its performance.

strategic review and management’s 

decision to manage Out of Home 

separately, commencing H1 

2023, from the Group’s Packaged 

business, the Board will change the 

operating segments it reviews the 

results for and makes decisions 

on as chief operating decision 

maker. These segments will now 

be Packaged, Out of Home and 

Corporate rather than Stills and 

Carbonates.

Reviews of the Group’s going 

concern status were carried out 

by management at both the half 

and full-year period ends. Detailed 

years and accordingly, it is the 

Committee’s intention, during 

2023, to conduct an external audit 

tender process.

papers setting out the relevant 

INTERNAL AUDIT

considerations were tabled by 

management and discussed with 

the Committee, together with the 

The Group has continued its 

successful co-sourced relationship 

with EY in order to undertake a 

number of internal audit reviews 

The Committee noted that severe 

within the Group. A 2022 internal 

but plausible risk scenarios had 

audit plan was  developed between 

been identified; a robust risk 

management and EY and approved 

assessment had been carried out; 

by the Committee at the beginning 

and the Group’s going concern 

of the year. This plan took into 

statements remained appropriate 

consideration the Company’s 

when stress tested. Taking into 

principal risks, as well as sector 

account the Company’s balance 

specific risks.  Areas of focus in 

sheet position, the Committee 

the year included IT controls, 

concurred with management’s 

procurement and contract 

view that the Group has 

management, as well as follow 

adequate resources to continue 

up of actions implemented from 

The Committee were satisfied with 

in operational existence for the 

the previous year. EY attended all 

the proposed change to Segmental 

foreseeable future (being at least 

three Committee meetings during 

reporting. 

one year following the date of 

the year and completed the agreed 

Exceptional Items

The Committee reviewed the 

approval of this Annual Report).

internal audit plan.

EXTERNAL AUDIT

INTERNAL CONTROL

accounting treatment of the items 

The Committee monitors the 

The Board has overall 

listed in note 4 and concurred with 

relationship with the external 

responsibility for maintaining 

management’s view that they are 

auditor, BDO, to ensure that 

sound internal control systems 

exceptional in size and nature in 

auditor independence and 

to safeguard the investment of 

relation to the Group.

objectivity are maintained. The 

shareholders and the Group’s 

Net Liability for Historic 

Incentive Schemes

The Group has now settled with 

HMRC the tax and interest charges 

regarding the historic incentive 

scheme and will now commence 

recovery of debts from current 

and previous management who 

had indemnified the Company. 

The Committee have regularly 

reviewed management’s progress 

to date and their continued 

approach to concluding this 

matter. 

external auditor is not engaged to 

assets. The systems are reviewed 

perform any non- audit services, in 

by the Board and, when asked, the 

line with the Group’s policy. 

Audit Committee, and are designed 

Having reviewed and assessed 

the auditor’s independence and 

performance, the Committee 

to provide reasonable, but not 

absolute, assurance against 

material misstatement or loss.

recommended to the Board that 

During the year the Company has 

a resolution to reappoint BDO as 

taken action to further develop 

the Group’s external auditor be 

its internal control and risk 

proposed at the forthcoming AGM. 

management environment. In 

BDO have been the Company’s 

addition to the development of 

external auditor for nine years 

internal audit as explained above, 

(including the current financial 

management committees with 

year). The Committee has adopted 

remits over risk management, 

a policy of tendering external 

treasury management and 

88

88
88

89
89
89

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORTREMUNERATION
COMMITTEE
REPORT

HELEN

-  KE AYS  -
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

DUTIES

The Committee operates under 

the Group’s agreed Terms of 

Reference and is responsible for 

reviewing all senior executive 

appointments and determining 

the Group’s policy in respect 

of the terms of employment, 

55% against the Adjusted Profit 

Before Tax objective which was in 

line with city consensus of financial 

performance. Full details of the 

performance assessment against 

both the financial and key business 

objectives can be found on 

pages 94 to 95..

On behalf of the 
Remuneration 
Committee, I am 
pleased to present the 
Remuneration report for 
the year ended 
31 December 2022. 

MEMBERS OF THE 

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

The Committee comprises the 

three Non-Executive Directors: 

Nichols and John Gittins. John 

Gittins and I are considered 

independent Directors. John 

Nichols is not considered 

independent as a result of 

his significant shareholding 

and previous executive role. 

Whilst John is not considered 

independent, he is a valued 

member of the Committee and 

brings over 51 years of company 

experience. PwC, our independent 

external consultants, also attend 

on a regular basis.

outcome. The Committee will 

31 December 2022 the share price 

To ensure alignment with these 

continue to set stretching targets 

was 1,072p.

for the Hybrid Incentive Plan in 

the context of business plan and 

consensus forecasts.

In relation to the 2021 Hybrid 

Incentive Plan award deferred into 

shares, the share price used for 

In line with the Policy approved at 

calculating the number of shares 

the 2022 AGM, 60% of the award 

was based on a year-end 2021 

will be deferred into shares and 

price of 1,441p. As at 31 December 

principles, the Group operates 

a hybrid incentive plan which 

combines the previous individual 

bonus and long-term incentive 

plans into a single plan. This hybrid 

incentive plan assesses both short 

and long-term performance in a 

combination of cash and deferred 

shares. 

The table on pages 92 to 93 

including remuneration packages 

The Committee is comfortable 

the remainder will be paid in 

2022 the share price was 1,072p.

of Executive Directors. The 

that the outcome is in line with 

Remuneration Committee met four 

underlying corporate performance 

cash. This deferred element of the 

award, which is intended to align 

REMUNERATION POLICY

times during the year and plans 

and shareholder experience over 

Executive Directors’ remuneration 

The objective of the Group’s 

summarises the key elements of 

to meet at least three times a year 

the year, with the Nichols share 

with shareholder value in the 

Remuneration Policy is to attract, 

the revised remuneration policy 

going forward.

I continue to act as Committee 

2022 REMUNERATION 

Chair, with my colleagues John 

OUTCOMES

price movement broadly in line 

with the wider AIM market (Nichols 

-28%, AIM -31%). Total dividend of 

27.7p for the year is up 19.9% on 

This is the second year in which 

the prior year which is in line with 

we operated our Hybrid Incentive 

the Group adjusted earnings per 

Plan. In the context of positive 

share performance of 19.2% and 

financial and exceptional personal 

market consensus as signposted at 

longer term, vests 3 years after the 

motivate and retain high quality 

for Executive Directors.

start of the performance period 

individuals who will contribute fully 

(i.e. 2 years after the pay-out of the 

to the success of the Group. To 

Non-Executive Directors

cash element).

achieve this, the Group provides 

The Non-Executive Directors 

OUTSTANDING AWARDS

competitive salaries and benefits 

signed letters of appointment with 

to all employees. 

the Group for the provision of 

In relation to the LTIP awards 

granted to Andrew Milne in 2019, 

Executive Directors

Non- Executive Directors’ services, 

which may be terminated by 

performance during the year, the 

the beginning of FY22. The outturn 

the Committee reviewed the 

The Committee has the following 

either party giving three months’  

Committee determined that it was 

is also in line with the experience 

performance conditions after the 

principles it follows when 

written notice. The Non-Executive 

appropriate for awards to pay 

of the wider workforce with 

year end and determined that 

establishing Executive Director 

Directors’ fees are determined by 

out at 69% of maximum overall. 

maximum bonus being awarded.

performance for these awards was 

remuneration at Nichols:

the Board.

This incorporates maximum 

achievement against the Group 

Strategic Objectives which 

included completion of the Out 

of Home strategic review and the 

Operational Change Programme. 

Financial performance paid out 

Taken as a whole, the Committee 

is satisfied that the overall pay 

outcomes for the year ended 

31 December 2022 are appropriate 

and, accordingly, we have not 

applied any discretion to this year’s 

below the threshold levels. The 

awards have, therefore, lapsed.

•  Motivating

•  Simple

In relation to the 2020 Matching 

•  Aligned to group strategy

Award deferred into shares, the 

•  Flexible

share price used for calculating the 

•  Transparent

number of shares was 1,408p at 

•  Fair

the time of award. As at 

90

91

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORT  REMUNERATION POLICY FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

  REMUNERATION POLICY FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

ELEMENT AND LINK 
TO STRATEGY

OPERATION

MAXIMUM POTENTIAL 
VALUE

PERFORMANCE 
CONDITIONS AND 
ASSESSMENT

ELEMENT AND LINK 
TO STRATEGY

OPERATION

MAXIMUM POTENTIAL 
VALUE

PERFORMANCE 
CONDITIONS AND 
ASSESSMENT

ALL-EMPLOYEE 
SHARE PLAN – SAVE 
AS YOU EARN (SAYE)

The Company offers a SAYE 

Maximum permitted based 

Not applicable

scheme for all employees.

on HMRC limits from time 

The operation of these plans will be 

to time.

To encourage equity 

at the discretion of the Committee, 

ownership across all 

and Executive Directors will be 

employees and create 

eligible to participate on the same 

a culture of ownership.

basis as other employees.

HYBRID INCENTIVE 
PLAN

Supports the 

recruitment and 

retention of Executive 

Directors.

Supports a high 

performance culture 

Rewards performance 

in the context of 

achieving key goals, 

and encourages 

sustainable 

performance 

that supports the 

achievement of 

strategic goals.

A combination of financial and non-

The maximum incentive 

For 2023 awards, 

financial measures and targets are 

which may be earned in 

performance 

set annually. Outcome levels will be 

any year under the Hybrid 

conditions will 

determined based on performance 

Incentive Plan is 250% (2022: 

be weighted 70% 

against this scorecard.

200%) of base salary.

towards financial 

For Executive Directors, 60% of 

awards will be deferred into shares. 

The deferred proportion of awards 

will pay out 3 years from the start 

of the performance period. The 

Committee retains discretion to 

adjust the pay-out level of deferred 

incentives based on performance 

in the deferral period.

The deferred element of the award 

will attract dividend equivalents for 

the period between assessment 

and pay-out. 

performance 

and 30% towards 

Strategic Goals. 

The financial 

element of the 

performance 

conditions will act 

as an underpin on 

pay outs from the 

remainder of the 

award.

BASE SALARY

Base salary reflects the size of the 

Increases to base salary are 

Not applicable - 

Supports the 

recruitment and 

retention of Executive 

Directors, reflecting 

their role, skills, and 

role and responsibilities, individual 

determined annually by the 

although individual 

performance (assessed annually) 

Committee considering:

performance is 

and the skills and experience of the 

individual. 

• 

Individual performance.

considered when 

determining base 

In setting appropriate salary levels, 

•  The scope of the role.

salary increases.

experience.

the Committee considers data for 

•  Pay levels in comparable 

similar positions in comparable 

  organisations and

organisations. The data is 

independently commissioned, and 

the Committee aims to position 

Executive Directors competitively 

within this reference group.

•  Pay increases for other 

  employees.

PENSION

Supports recruitment 

and retention of 

Executive Directors.

Generally, the Company 

contributes to a defined 

Up to 9% of base salary. 

Not applicable

This is in line with wider 

contribution pension scheme 

workforce. After 10 years’ 

for the Executive Directors. The 

service the wider workforce 

contribution can instead be paid 

is entitled to 10% of base 

in cash (which is excluded from 

salary. 

incentive calculations) if the 

Executive Director is likely to be 

affected by the limits for tax-

approved pension saving.

BENEFITS

Executive Directors are entitled to 

The value of such benefits is 

Not applicable

the following benefits:

not capped but is based on 

cost which may change from 

year to year.

Supports recruitment 

and retention of 

Executive Directors.

• Life assurance;

• Directors and Officers Liability

   Insurance

• Private medical insurance and

• Company car/car allowance and

   fuel

The Committee may determine 

that Executive Directors should 

receive additional reasonable 

benefits if appropriate, considering 

typical market practice and practice 

throughout the company.

92

93

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORTANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION IN 2022

The following table summarises the total gross remuneration of the Directors who served during the year to 

The Group achieved a strong financial performance in the year with Adjusted Profit Before Tax (“Adjusted PBT”) 

31 December 2022.

of £25.0m, up £3.2m (+14.3%) on the prior year result of £21.8m.

Fixed remuneration

Performance related – 
Hybrid Incentive Plan

Salary 
and fees
£’000

Benefits in 
kind2
£’000

Pension3
£’000

Cash
£’000

Deferred
shares4
£’000

Total
2022
£’000

30

18

183

123

275

185

840

565

Performance targets were set at the beginning of FY22 financial year. Based upon financial planning at that time, 

Executive Directors would be able to earn 60% of maximum bonus with Adjusted PBT of £25.2m (+£3.4m versus 

prior year). This target represented the Group compiled market consensus for full year performance in existence 

at that time. An achievement of Adjusted PBT £26.5m represented a stretch target for the Group and would 

result in a maximum pay out of 100%.

Based on actual performance, both the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer achieved 55% of the 

maximum bonus, acknowledging the Group performance in the period, broadly in line with target. 

Total
2021
£’000

1,021

668

1,405

1,689

Personal element outcomes (30% of award)

Executive Directors

A P Milne

D T Rattigan

Non-Executive Directors

P J Nichols

J Nichols1

H M Keays

J A Gittins

332

222

101

22

45

45

20

17

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

102

102

22

45

45

20

40

40

214

202

1,619

1,891

1   The fee disclosed above relating to J Nichols is that for his Non-Executive Director duties as a Representative Director pursuant to the

Relationship Agreement that exists between Nichols PLC and the Nichols family. Separately, J Nichols is also a Commercial Controller within 
the Vimto Out of Home business.

2   Benefits consist of the provision of a company car (or cash equivalent), fuel and private healthcare.

3   Pension may be paid as a cash sum in lieu of. 

4   Vesting of awards will be 2 years from the date of grant.

Both Executive Directors were set three personal objectives to be measured as a whole, weighted at a maximum 

of 30% as follows:

1.  Happier Future objectives

2.  Operational change objectives  

3.  Out of Home Strategic Review 

relating to year 2 of our 

relating to year 2 of Strategic   

  3 year programme   

  Change  

  Shaping the Group’s ESG

  Review of UK Packaged supply

  Undertaking a strategic review

  agenda and year 2 delivery, 

chain focussing on delivering

  of the Out of Home route to

focusing on scope 1 and scope 2

  Strategic Supply partnerships,

  market 

  2025 commitments in the

  enabling significant capacity 

  areas of climate action, 

  expansion and efficiency 

  packaging, healthier options 

improvements, optimising 

  and community support 

  our outbound supply chain and 

  advancing the Group’s internal 

  Sales and Operational Planning

  process

HYBRID INCENTIVE PLAN 

Based on the exceptional performance of both Executive Directors during the year, the Committee have 

For the 2022 financial year, the maximum bonus opportunity for the Executive Directors was 200% of base salary. 

determined that the maximum potential 30% award in respect of their personal objectives was achieved.

70% of the award was based upon financial performance and 30% was based on performance against Group 

Strategic Objectives. Of the award achieved, 60% has been deferred into shares to be paid out 3 years from the 

start of the performance period. The remaining 40% awarded is to be paid in cash.

Financial elements outcome (70% of award)

Performance Targets

Actual
Performance

FY21
Adjusted 
PBT

Threshold 

Target 

Maximum 

£m Payout

£m Payout

£m Payout

£m Payout

21.8

23.9

25%

25.2

60%

26.5

100% 25.0

55%

Group
Adjusted 
Profit 
Before Tax1

1 Excluding exceptional items

94

95

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUTSTANDING SHARE AWARDS

ATTENDANCE AT REMUNERATION COMMITTEE MEETINGS

The table below sets out details of all outstanding share awards in respect of current Executive Directors:

There were 4 Remuneration Committee meetings held during the year. The following table sets out individual 

Award

Grant date Vesting date

Recipient

Exercise 
price

Number of shares 
outstanding

Number 
of shares 
lapsed

2020 SAYE

2020 
shareholding 
policy 
guideline 
- matching 
award

2021 SAYE

2021 Hybrid 
Incentive 
Scheme

15 April 
2020

15 April
2020

15 April 
2023

15 April 
2023

Andrew Milne

£7.93

David Rattigan

£7.93

18 December 
2020

18 December 
2023

Andrew Milne

£0

18 December 
2020

18 December 
2023

David Rattigan

£0

15 April 
2021

23 March 
2022

15 April 
2024

23 March 
2024

Andrew Milne

£10.15

Andrew Milne

23 March 
2022

23 March 
2024

David Rattigan

£0

£0

1,513

2,269

9,668

7,734

1,064

26,987

17,770

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

attendance by members:

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

MEETINGS ATTENDED

H M Keays

P J Nichols

J A Gittins

CONCLUSION

4

4

4

On behalf of the Committee, I hope this report gives you a clear view of how we have implemented the policy in 

2022 and our plans for 2023.  

Helen Keays

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

28 February 2023

IMPLEMENTATION OF 

REMUNERATION POLICY IN 2023

In 2023, the Hybrid Incentive Plan 

The maximum bonus opportunity 

The performance targets are not 

will be assessed against financial 

performance (Adjusted Profit 

for the Executive Directors will be 
250%1 of base salary with 70% 

disclosed prospectively as they 

are considered to be commercially 

Before Tax) and Group Strategic 

of the award being based upon 

sensitive. Details of performance 

Objectives. Threshold performance 

financial performance and 30% 

against the targets and the 

under the profit target will act as 

was based on performance against 

resulting awards earned will be 

an underpin on the remainder of 

Group Strategic Objectives. On 

disclosed retrospectively at the 

the award. The bonus outcome 

achievement of the award 60% 

end of the performance period.

will range from zero at a threshold 

will be deferred into shares to be 

performance, up to 100% for a 

paid out 3 years from the start of 

stretch performance. 

the performance period with the 

remaining 40% being paid in cash.

1 The Committee reviewed the Hybrid Incentive Plan during the year as it has been in operation for two years. After careful consideration it was 
agreed that the Plan remains the right incentive structure with which to incentivise and retain Executive Directors. However, in order to further 
increase incentivisation and align more closely with market levels of remuneration, the Committee approved an increase in the maximum 
opportunity from 200% to 250% of salary, with a commensurate increase in the level of stretch in the targets.

96

97

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
NOMINATION
COMMITTEE
REPORT

JOH N

-  NICHOLS   -
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

•  Keep under review the

•  Review annually the time 

Helen Keays and John Gittins led 

company experience, having spent 

  Board’s structure, size and 

required from Non-Executive 

this process and were assisted 

the majority of her executive 

composition, including diversity

  Directors.

  and the balance of independent

  and non-independent 

  Non-Executive Directors, and 

  make recommendations to the

  Board with regard to any

changes required.

•  Make recommendations to 

the Board on the re-election by 

  Shareholders of Directors under

the annual re-election 

  provisions of the QCA Code 

  or the retirement by rotation

•  Ensure plans are in place for 

  provisions in the Company’s 

  orderly succession to Board 

  articles of association.

  and senior management 

  positions, and oversee the 

The Committee reviews its Terms 

  development of a diverse 

of Reference annually and these 

by the Company’s People & 

career at Colgate Palmolive and 

Sustainability Director. The brief 

Tesco and, more recently, from a 

was to find a candidate who had 

number of Non-Executive board 

relevant consumer experience 

roles where she is either the 

and had strong experience of 

Senior Independent Non-Executive 

being a senior board director and 

Director or Chair of a committee, 

the required skills necessary to 

and I am very confident will be of 

support the ongoing delivery of 

great value to the Group.

the Group’s strategy. The Group 

engaged an external recruitment 

consultant to assist the Committee 

in its search. 

  pipeline for succession.

were last reviewed in December 

Helen and John met with a number 

John Nichols

On behalf of the 
Committee, I am 
pleased to present our 
Nomination Committee 
Report.

MEMBERSHIP OF THE 

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

The Committee comprises 

three Non-Executive Directors: 

I act as Committee Chair, with 

my colleagues John Gittins and 

Helen Keays. John and Helen are 

considered independent Directors. 

I am not considered independent 

•  Keep under review the 

2022. 

as a result of my significant 

shareholding and previous 

executive role.

The Nomination Committee 

met three times in 2022 and all 

Committee members were present 

leadership needs of the 

ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR

  organisation, both executive 

  and non-executive, with a view

to ensuring the continued ability 

  of the organisation to compete 

  effectively in the marketplace.

During the year, the Nomination 

Committee discharged its 

responsibilities by considering 

succession planning as a 

whole for the Board and senior 

at every meeting.

•  Be responsible for identifying 

management.

ROLE OF THE NOMINATION 

COMMITTEE

  and nominating for the approval

  of the Board, candidates to 

  Board vacancies as and when

APPOINTMENT OF 

NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR

The main duties of the Committee 

they arise.

are set out in its Terms of 

Reference which are available on 

the Company’s website (www.

nicholsplc.co.uk/investors/aim-

rule-26/) and include the following:

•  Before any appointment is 

  made by the Board, evaluate 

the balance of skills, knowledge

  experience and diversity on the 

  Board.

The Committee was made aware 

in April 2022 that I wished to 

stand down as Chair of the 

Company and the market was 

advised accordingly and a search 

commenced for a new Chair. 

of candidates and shortlisted 

Non-Executive Chairman

two to meet with the Board as a 

28 February 2023

whole and after due consideration 

and discussion Elizabeth (Liz) 

McMeikan was approved as the 

Chair designate.

Liz initially joined the Group as 

a Non-Executive Director on 

1 February 2023 and will be 

appointed Non-Executive Chair on 

26 April 2023 at the conclusion of 

the 2023 AGM where I will stand 

down as Non-Executive Chair 

but remain on the Board as the 

Nichols’ family second board seat. 

Liz has a wealth of consumer-

focused public and private 

98

99

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’
REPORT

Nichols plc (“the Company”) is a 

FINANCIAL RESULTS AND 

The roles and biographies of the 

Summary of Directors’ Interests in the Company

public limited company, registered 

DIVIDENDS

in England, and is listed on AIM of 

the London Stock Exchange. The 

Directors present their report for 

the year ended 31 December 2022, 

in accordance with section 415 

of the Companies Act 2006. The 

Corporate Governance Statement 

set out on pages 78 to 85 forms 

part of this report.

As permitted by Paragraph 1A 

of Schedule 7 to the Large and 

The Group’s Profit Before Taxation 

from continuing operations for 

the year ended 31 December 2022 

amounted to £25.0m 

(2021: loss: £17.7m). The Directors 

Directors in office as at the date of 

this report are set out on pages 76 

to 77. Details of their interests in 

ordinary shares of the Company as 

at 31 December 2022 are shown in 

the table opposite.

will recommend a dividend of 

Details of Directors’ remuneration, 

15.3p at the 2023 Annual General 

including pension arrangements, 

Meeting to be held on 26 April 

service agreements and Long-

2023 the (“2023 AGM”).

Term Incentive Plan Awards are 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

provided in the Annual Report 

on Remuneration within the 

Medium-sized Companies and 

The rules governing the 

Remuneration Committee Report 

Groups (Accounts and Reports) 

appointment and replacement 

on pages 90 to 97.

Regulations 2008 certain matters 

of Directors are set out in the 

which are required to be disclosed 

Company’s Articles of Association. 

in the Report of the Directors have 

The Articles of Association may be 

been omitted as they are included 

amended by a special resolution 

in the Strategic Report on pages 

of the Company’s shareholders. A 

12 to 73. These matters relate to a 

copy of the Articles of Association 

full review of the performance of 

can be found on the Company’s 

the Company and its subsidiaries 

website, nicholsplc.co.uk.

(together “the Group”) for the year, 

current trading and future outlook.

DIRECTORS AND THEIR 

INTERESTS

The statement by the Directors 

in performance of their statutory 

duties in accordance with section 

172(1) Companies Act 2006 is 

provided on pages 68 to 73.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

The Directors who have held office 

during the year ended 

31 December 2022 and to the date 

of this report are as follows:

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Nichols plc is an international soft 

drinks business with sales in over 

Andrew Milne 

David Rattigan

73 countries, selling products 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

in both the Still and Carbonate 

categories.

John Nichols, Chairman 

John Gittins

Helen Keays 

James Nichols

Director

P J Nichols

A P Milne

D T Rattigan

J A Gittins

H M Keays

J E Nichols

Shares held as at 

2022 

Shares held as at

1 January 2022 

movement

31 December 2022

2,000,000

12,446

1,659

1,280

-

835,476

-

3,152

3,806

-

-

-

2,000,000

15,598

5,465

1,280

-

835,478

RELATIONSHIP AGREEMENT

share capital of the Company, they 

and abilities of the applicants. 

On 22 July 2020, the Company 

entered into a Relationship 

Agreement with the Nichols Family. 

shall be entitled (but not required) 

In the event of employees 

to appoint one further Non-

becoming disabled, every effort is 

Executive Director to the Board.

made to ensure their continued 

The Nichols Family consists of 

In accordance with the terms 

employment.

certain members of the immediate 

of the Relationship Agreement, 

Management continuously consult 

and extended family of the 

John Nichols, the Chairman of the 

with employees and keep them 

Company’s founder John Noel 

Company and James Nichols, Non-

informed on matters of current 

Nichols. Members of the Nichols 

Executive Director are the Family 

interest and concern to the 

Family hold in aggregate an 

Representative Directors.

business. Further information 

interest of approximately 35.8% in 

the Company’s issued share capital 

as at the year end.

The purpose of the Relationship 

Agreement is to formalise Board 

representation for the Nichols 

Family whilst also ensuring that 

the Company is capable of carrying 

independently. In accordance 

with the terms of the Relationship 

Agreement, so long as the Nichols 

Family retain (i) an aggregate 

interest of equal to or greater than 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 

OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

Business risks and uncertainties 

are included within the Risk 

regarding employment at Nichols 

is provided on page 71 of the 

Strategic Report.

CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

Management section on pages 62 

Detail of how the Board has 

to 67 and financial risks are set out 

engaged with its customers 

in note 2 to the accounts.

and suppliers is included in the 

Strategic Report on page 71.

POLITICAL DONATIONS

Detail of how the Board has 

engaged with its employees is 

The Company does not make any 

included in the Strategic Report on 

political donations and does not 

page 71.

incur any political expenditure.

on, at all times, its business 

EMPLOYEES

20 per cent in the issued ordinary 

The Group’s policy is to recruit and 

SHARE CAPITAL

share capital of the Company, they 

promote on the basis of aptitude 

shall be entitled (but not required) 

and ability without discrimination 

to appoint one Non-Executive 

of any kind. Applications for 

Director; and (ii) an aggregate 

employment by disabled people 

interest of equal to or greater than 

are always fully considered 

30 per cent in the issued ordinary 

bearing in mind the qualification 

Details of the Company’s share 

capital, including changes during 

the year, are set out in note 28 to 

the Accounts. As at 31 December 

2022, the Company’s share capital 

100

101

DIRECTORS’ REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORTconsisted of 36,968,772 Ordinary 

At the Company’s AGM held on 

As at 31 December 2022, the ESOT 

the Directors have considered 

and the other principal risks that 

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITY

Shares of ten pence each, of which 

27 April 2022, the Group was 

held 4,101 Nichols plc Ordinary 10 

the current financial position of 

the Group is exposed to. At the 

493,150 are held in treasury and 

generally and unconditionally 

pence shares (2021: 4,889).

accordingly have no voting rights.

authorised by its shareholders to 

make market purchases (within 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

the Group, its principal risks and 

31 December 2022 the Group 

uncertainties, the potential impact 

had cash and cash equivalents 

of further Covid-19 restrictions 

of £56.3m with no external bank 

the meaning of section 693 of 

The Group undertakes research 

in addition to a continued cost of 

borrowings.

The Group has agreed to 

indemnify its Directors against 

third party claims which may be 

brought against them and has in 

place a Directors’ and Officers’ 

Ordinary Shareholders are 

entitled to receive notice of, and to 

attend and speak at, any general 

meeting of the Company. Every 

shareholder present in person or 

the Companies Act 2006) of up 

and development activities in 

to a maximum of 3,696,877 of its 

order to develop its range of new 

Ordinary Shares.

and existing products. Expenditure 

during the year on research and 

development amounted to £0.2m 

(2021: £0.3m).

by proxy (or being a corporation 

During 2022, the Company 

represented by a duly authorised 

completed its share buyback 

representative) shall have one vote 

programme, the purpose of which 

living crisis. The review performed 

considers severe but plausible 

downside scenarios that could 

reasonably arise within the period. 

On the basis of these reviews, the 

insurance policy.

Directors consider the Group has 

adequate resources to continue 

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

in operational existence for the 

The 2023 AGM of the Company 

The estimated impacts of Covid-19 

foreseeable future (being at least 

will be held at Nichols plc, Laurel 

restrictions are primarily based 

one year following the date of 

House, 5 Woodlands Park, 

on a show of hands, and on a poll 

is to meet future obligations 

ENVIRONMENT AND 

around our OoH market and the 

approval of the Annual Report) 

Ashton Road, Newton-le-Willows, 

shall have one vote for every share 

under the Company’s SAYE 

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS

potential for future lockdowns 

and, accordingly, consider it 

Merseyside, WA12 OHH on 

rights to receive dividends. 

In accordance with The Companies 

of which he or she is the holder 

Option Scheme and/or Long Term 

or authorised representative. The 

Incentive Plan. In the period the 

Notice of Annual General Meeting 

Company repurchased 385,486 

specifies deadlines for exercising 

Ordinary Shares under this 

voting rights and appointing a 

authority, which is due to expire 

proxy or proxies.

Other than the general provisions 

of the Articles of Association (and 

prevailing legislation), there are no 

specific restrictions on the size of 

at the AGM to be held on 26 April 

2023. These Ordinary Shares are 

held in Treasury and accordingly 

do not have any voting rights or 

a holding or on the transfer of the 

In exercising its authority in 

Ordinary Shares.

The Board believes that being 

permitted to allot shares within 

the limits set out in the resolution 

without the delay and expense of a 

general meeting gives the ability to 

take advantage of circumstances 

that may arise during the year.

respect of the purchase and 

cancellation of the Group’s 

shares, the Board takes as its 

major criterion the effect of such 

purchases on future expected 

earnings per share. No purchase is 

made if the effect is likely to lead 

to deterioration in future expected 

earnings per share growth.

AUTHORITY FOR THE COMPANY 

TO PURCHASE ITS OWN SHARES

SHARE OPTIONS

Subject to authorisation by 

shareholder resolution, the Group 

may purchase its own shares in 

accordance with the Companies 

Act 2006. Any shares which have 

been bought back may be held 

as treasury shares or cancelled 

immediately upon completion of 

the purchase.

The Company operates a Save-As-

You-Earn Share Option scheme. In 

conjunction with this, the Company 

will use some of the shares held 

in Treasury to satisfy future 

exercises of options under the 

scheme. The Company has, in the 

past, also made donations to an 

Environmental sustainability is a 

core priority for Nichols, which 

we have embedded within our 

“Happier Future” strategy, which 

outlines the ways the business is 

working with its partners and for 

its communities to make life taste 

better for everyone.

(Directors’ Report) and Limited 

Liability Partnerships (Energy and 

Carbon Report) Regulations 2018, 

we have prepared a Streamlined 

Energy & Carbon Report (SECR) for 

the financial year of 2022. More 

information is provided on pages 

52 to 53 of the Strategic Report 

and on our website, 

nicholsplc.co.uk.

GOING CONCERN 

The Group’s business activities, 

together with the factors likely 

to affect its future development, 

performance and position are set 

out in the Strategic Report. The 

financial position of the Group is 

described in the Chief Financial 

Officer’s Report on pages 56 to 61.

Employee Share Ownership Trust 

In assessing the appropriateness 

(“the ESOT”) to enable shares to 

of adopting the going concern 

be bought in the market to satisfy 

basis in preparing the Annual 

the demand from option holders. 

Report and financial statements, 

within the hospitality industry. Our 

appropriate to adopt the going 

26 April 2023 at 11:00am. The 

modelling has sensitised trading 

concern basis in preparing the 

notice convening the meeting, 

within this market to reflect varying 

accounts.

degrees of lockdowns with the 

most severe scenario assuming 

that some restrictions will return 

INFORMATION TO THE 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

together with details of the 

business to be considered and 

explanatory notes for each 

resolution, is set out on pages 170 

during the remainder of 2023 and 

Each of the Directors who are 

to 171. Copies of the notice will be 

the start of 2024.

Directors at the time when this 

distributed to shareholders who 

Directors’ Report is approved have 

have elected to receive hard copies 

During the year the Group 

experienced a period of significant 

confirmed that:

inflation and a cost of living 

•  so far as each of the Directors 

crisis against which a number of 

is aware there is no relevant

mitigation actions were introduced. 

  audit information of which the 

These are largely evidenced in the 

  Company’s auditor is unaware; 

results announced. Our modelling 

  and

of shareholder information. The 

voting on all resolutions at the 

2023 AGM will be via a poll and not 

on a show of hands in accordance 

with best practice.

has sensitised the impacts of 

Russia’s continued invasion 

of Ukraine, in particular their 

impact on global supply chains 

and macroeconomic inflationary 

factors. 

•  the Directors have taken all 

steps that they ought to have

taken as Directors in order to 

  make themselves aware of any 

relevant audit information and 

to establish that the auditors 

David Rattigan

In addition to the further impacts 

  are aware of that information.

Secretary

of Covid-19, alternative scenarios, 

including the potential impact of 

key principal risks from a financial 

RESOLUTION TO RE-APPOINT 

28 February 2023

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS 

Laurel House, Woodlands Park,

and operational perspective, 

In accordance with Section 489 

have been modelled with the 

of the Companies Act 2006, a 

Ashton Road, Newton-le-Willows, 

WA12 0HH.

resulting implications considered. 

resolution will be proposed at the 

Registered in England and Wales 

In all cases, the business model 

2023 AGM that BDO LLP be re-

No. 00238303.

remained robust. The Group’s 

appointed auditors.

diversified business model and 

strong balance sheet provide 

resilience against these factors 

102

103

DIRECTORS’ REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’
REPORT

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance with 

applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year.  Under that law the 

Directors are required to prepare the group and company financial statements in accordance with UK adopted 

international accounting standards.  Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements 

unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the group and company and 

of the profit or loss of the group for that period. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards   

subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume  

that the group and the company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 

the company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 

company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the requirements of the 

Companies Act 2006.  They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company and hence for taking 

reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Website publication

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the annual report and the financial statements are made available 

on a website.  Financial statements are published on the company’s website in accordance with legislation in 

the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from 

legislation in other jurisdictions.  The maintenance and integrity of the company’s website is the responsibility 

of the Directors.  The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements 

contained therein.

Andrew Milne

David Rattigan

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

28 February 2023

28 February 2023

104

105

DIRECTORS’ REPORTGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
 
F INANC IAL

STATEMEN TS

Independent Auditor’s Report

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial Position

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Statement of Changes in Equity

Notes to the Financial Statements

Unaudited Five Year Summary

Notice of Annual General Meeting

General Notes

Financial Calendar

108

118

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

167

168

172

174

106
106
106

107
107
107

CONTENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTSINDEPENDENT
AUDITOR’S REPORT

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE 

statements section of our report. We believe that the 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not 

for a period of at least twelve months from when 

MEMBERS OF NICHOLS PLC

audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 

identified any material uncertainties relating to events 

the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

or conditions that, individually or collectively, may 

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the 

OPINION ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of

the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 

  Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of 

the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

Independence

We remain independent of the Group and the Parent 

Company in accordance with the ethical requirements 

that are relevant to our audit of the financial 

statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical 

Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have 

•  the Group financial statements have been properly

fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 

  prepared in accordance with UK adopted 

international accounting standards;

•  the Parent Company financial statements have 

with these requirements. 

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN

  been properly prepared in accordance with UK 

In auditing the financial statements, we have 

  adopted international accounting standards and 

concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern 

cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent 

Directors with respect to going concern are described 

Company’s ability to continue as a going concern 

in the relevant sections of this report.

OVERVIEW

Coverage

100% (2021: 100%) of Group profit before tax (2021: Group loss before tax)

100% (2021: 100%) of Group revenue

99%0 (2021: 99%) of Group total assets

Key audit 
matters 

Brand Support Arrangements

Goodwill and Intangible Asset Impairment*

2022

2021

  as applied in accordance with the provisions of the

basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 

Impairment - Brands with indefinite lives and Out of Home assets 

  Companies Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in 

  accordance with the requirements of the 

  Companies Act 2006.

statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the 

Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent 

ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 

accounting included:

We have audited the financial statements of Nichols 

plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the 

‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which 

comprise the consolidated income statement, the 

consolidated statement of comprehensive income, 

•  Obtaining the Directors’ assessment of the going

concern status of the Group and the Parent 

  Company which included forecasts and 

stress-testing covering a period of 12 months from

the date of sign off of the financial statements;

*Goodwill was fully impaired in the prior year, therefore the Key Audit Matter titled ‘Goodwill and Intangible Asset 
Impairment’ is no longer applicable for the current year.

Materiality

Group financial statements as a whole

£1.1m (2021: £1.0m) based on approximately 5% of profit before tax after adjusting for 

exceptional items (2021: based on 5% of loss before tax after adjusting for exceptional items)

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT

these components were performed by the Group 

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an 

engagement team. 

the Group and Parent company statement of financial 

•  Considering the appropriateness and accuracy of

understanding of the Group and its environment, 

The remaining components are dormant and 

position, the Group and Parent company statement of 

these forecasts and robustly challenging their 

including the Group’s system of internal control, and 

therefore were considered non-significant to the 

cash flows, the Group and Parent company statement 

inputs using our knowledge of the business and 

assessing the risks of material misstatement in the 

Group.

of changes in equity and notes to the financial 

the sector and wider commentary available from

statements, including a summary of significant 

competitors and peers; and

financial statements.  We also addressed the risk of 

management override of internal controls, including 

Key audit matters 

accounting policies. The financial reporting framework 

that has been applied in their preparation is applicable 

law and UK adopted international accounting 

standards and, as regards the Parent Company 

financial statements, as applied in accordance with the 

provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

BASIS FOR OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance with 

International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs

(UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 

under those standards are further described in the 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 

•  Challenging the Directors’ assumptions and

judgements made with regards to stress-testing of

forecasts,  re-performing sensitivities on the 

  Directors’ base case and stressed case scenarios, 

considering the likelihood of these occurring and 

  understanding the mitigating actions the Directors 

  would take under these scenarios; and

•  Reviewing the going concern disclosures, and 

  assessing their consistency with the Director’s 

forecasts.

assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our 

Directors that may have represented a risk of material 

professional judgement, were of most significance in 

misstatement.

The Group manages its operations from two principal 

locations in the UK and has common financial systems, 

processes and controls covering all significant 

components. 

our audit of the financial statements of the current 

period and include the most significant assessed 

risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 

fraud) that we identified, including those which had 

the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the 

allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the 

Our Group audit scope focused on the Group’s trading 

efforts of the engagement team. These matters were 

entities, being Vimto Out of Home Limited and the 

addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 

Parent Company which were considered to be the 

statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 

significant components. Full scope audits on

thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 

these matters.

108
108
108

109
109
109

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRAND SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS

(accounting policy in note 2) 

Key Audit Matter

Consistent with industry practice, the Group incurs 

understanding of the contractual arrangements 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key 

audit matter

significant costs or rebates to customers in the 

themselves as well as complete and accurate source 

We undertook the following audit procedures in 

support and development of the Group’s brands. 

data. Estimates are based on past history and the level 

relation to brand support arrangements:

These include short term promotional discounts, long 

of recent sales made to each customer.

term discounts and rebates. 

Whilst the majority of costs and rebates incurred 

relevant controls related to the approval of brand 

   a sample of live and completed brand 

•  We tested the operating effectiveness of the

•  We performed detailed cut-off testing by selecting

The classification of these costs within the income 

on these arrangements have been settled at 31 

support arrangement agreements before inception

  arrangements, agreeing back to supporting 

statement is dependent upon the type of arrangement 

December 2022, management judgement is required 

  and going live on the system;

with the customer. As the majority of these costs and 

in determining the level of closing accrual required 

rebates are recognised as a deduction to revenue 

at the year end for promotions and brand support 

we consider there to be a significant risk concerning 

campaigns that either span two financial years or 

the appropriate application of accounting standards, 

where the costs or rebates have not been fully settled 

particularly in respect of the Group’s measurement 

by the year end date. 

of the fair value of variable consideration in revenue 

transactions as well as the Group’s accounting for 

arrangements where cash consideration is given by 

the Group to the customer.

As a result of the level of estimation and judgements 

applied in this area, as well as management being in a 

position to be able to override controls  and potentially 

manipulate profits by changing accounting estimates 

As described in note 2, the estimation of the fair value 

and judgements, we consider there to be a risk of 

of variable consideration requires a level of estimation 

fraud within this area and therefore considered brand 

•  We challenged the judgements and estimates made

and judgement to be applied by management. 

support arrangements to be a key audit matter. 

  by management in determining the year end  

Judgement is required in determining the period over 

which these costs and rebates should be recognised 

for these arrangements, requiring both a detailed 

contractual terms and performing a recalculation

to verify that brand support arrangements were 

recorded in the correct period;

•  We assessed whether the accounting policy for 

  brand support arrangements complied with UK 

  adopted international accounting standards.

•  We tested manual journal postings to

•  We performed detailed testing over a sample of 

  brand support arrangements charged to revenue 

  and to costs in the year through verification to 

revenue throughout the year back to supporting 

  documentation for evidence of misstatement or 

  manipulation;

the underlying agreement and recalculation of the 

•  We selected a sample of post year end credit notes

  amounts recognised as a cost or rebate and the  

  and checked that, where audit evidence 

value of the liability accrued. 

  demonstrated that the credit note related to 

the audit period, that these credit notes were 

  appropriately provided for in the financial 

statements; and 

  accrual  through: 

•  Reviewing the contractual terms within the

  brand support agreements

•  We reviewed the year end liability for completeness

  and accuracy by reviewing arrangements in place 

for key customers, generating an expectation as to

•  assessing the appropriateness of the inputs 

the year end liability and comparing to that 

  used such as sales data by verifying to 

recorded by the Group.

supporting documentation and

•  performing a recalculation of the year end

  accrual for a sample of promotions.

Key observations:

Following the completion of our work, we consider the estimates and judgements applied by management in this 

area to be appropriate, and brand support arrangements have been calculated appropriately and classified in 

accordance with accounting standards.

110
110
110

111
111
111

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IMPAIRMENT - BRANDS WITH INDEFINITE LIVES AND OUT OF HOME ASSETS  

(note 14, note 11 and accounting policy in note 2)

Key Audit Matter

The Group has significant tangible assets and 

operates within the hospitality industry which has 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key 

audit matter

intangible assets including brands with indefinite 

been impacted significantly over the past 2 years 

Our audit procedures to address this risk included but 

lives. There is a risk that the underlying results of the 

by the Covid-19 pandemic and more recently, rising 

were not limited to:

separately identified cash generating units (CGUs) 

inflation and cost of living pressures which has led to 

do not support the carrying value of indefinite life 

a Strategic Review commencing into the Out of Home 

intangible assets and other assets held by one CGU 

business.

(being the Out of Home business).

As such there is inherent uncertainty within these 

Management performed a full impairment assessment 

forecasts arising from the changing industry and 

to determine if the carrying value of the indefinite 

economic conditions and thus significant management 

life intangible assets is supported. The assessment 

judgement and assumptions are required.

resulted in an  impairment that was greater than the 

forecasts arising from the changing industry and 

indefinite life intangible assets carrying value and 

economic conditions and thus significant management 

therefore the impairment charge was allocated on a 

judgement and assumptions are required.

pro-rata basis across the assets within the CGU.

An impairment charge was recognised of £4.8m in 

relation to intangible assets and  £3.9m in relation to 

property, plant and equipment.

The key assumptions applied by the Directors in the 

impairment reviews are:

•  Cash flow forecasts in the context of the going

concern review, including assumptions on future

  growth, gross margin and overhead allocation; and

•  Discount rates.

We considered this to be a key audit matter as the 

value of the indefinite life intangible assets and 

tangible assets is supported by forecasts of future 

cash flows of the business. The Out of Home business 

•  We evaluated and challenged management’s  

•  reviewing key estimates employed by the Directors

impairment models by: 

•  challenging management’s assessment of the

  Cash Generating Units (CGUs) being assessed for 

impairment with reference to IAS 36 and 

  by comparing the identified CGUs to internal 

  within the cash flow forecasts and challenging the 

rationale for the assumptions utilised by using our

  knowledge of the business, the sector and 

  wider commentary available from competitors and 

  peers; and

  management reporting demonstrating how the 

•  performing sensitivity analysis over key

cash flows are monitored;

  assumptions to understand the impact of

reasonable changes in assumptions on the

impairment  models and conclusions.

•  reviewing management’s workings for mechanical

  accuracy and compliance with the requirements of 

relevant accounting standards; 

•  assessing the discount rate used within the

impairment calculation and ensuring the rate

  applied lay within an acceptable range determined

  with the assistance of our internal valuation 

  experts; 

•  checking historical financial information against

  budget to assess accuracy of the budgeting process

  and preparation of cash flow forecasts; 

•  checking the consistency of the forecasts used in

the impairment review to those prepared for going 

concern purposes;

Key observations:

We found the judgements and assumptions adopted by management in the impairment  assessment of the 

carrying value of tangible assets, intangible assets with indefinite lives and other intangibles to be reasonable. 

112
112
112

113
113
113

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY 

Component materiality

Strategic report and Directors’ report

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning 

Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not 

Aside from the Parent Company whose materiality 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 

and performing our audit, and in evaluating the 

necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take 

is detailed above, the Group has one significant 

course of the audit:

effect of misstatements.  We consider materiality to 

account of the nature of identified misstatements, and 

be the magnitude by which misstatements, including 

the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when 

omissions, could influence the economic decisions of 

evaluating their effect on the financial statements as 

reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the 

a whole. 

financial statements. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the 

materiality for the financial statements as a whole and 

probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, 

performance materiality as follows:

we use a lower materiality level, performance 

materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. 

Materiality

Basis for 

determining 

materiality

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

2022

2021

2022

2021

£1,100,000

£1,000,000

£430,000

£620,000

Approximately 5% 

5% of loss before 

5% of profit before 

5% of profit before 

of profit before tax 

tax after adjusting 

tax after adjusting 

tax after adjusting 

after adjusting for 

for exceptional 

for exceptional 

for exceptional 

exceptional items.

items.

items.

items.

Rationale for the 

Adjusted profit 

Adjusted loss 

Adjusted profit 

Adjusted profit 

benchmark applied

before tax is 

before tax is 

before tax is 

before tax is 

determined to be 

determined to be 

determined to be 

determined to be 

a stable basis of 

a stable basis of 

a stable basis of 

a stable basis of 

assessing business 

assessing business 

assessing business 

assessing business 

performance and 

performance and 

performance and 

performance and 

is considered to be 

is considered to be 

is considered to be 

is considered to be 

the most significant 

the most significant 

the most significant 

the most significant 

determinant of 

determinant of 

determinant of 

determinant of 

performance 

for the users 

performance 

for the users 

performance for 

performance for 

the users of the 

the users of the 

of the financial 

of the financial 

financial statements

financial statements

statements.

statements.

£825,000

£750,000

£322,000

£465,000

75% of materiality

75% of materiality

This was considered appropriate based 

This was considered appropriate based 

on audit knowledge of the control 

on audit knowledge of the control 

environment, historic misstatement 

environment and historic misstatement 

levels, and given the trade of the Group is 

levels.

contained in the Parent Company and one 

other component which minimises the risk 

of additional unadjusted misstatements 

across a number of components.

Performance 
materiality

Basis for 

determining 

performance 

materiality

component, subsidiary entity Vimto Out of Home. We 

set materiality for this component at 65% 

(2021: 62%) of Group materiality based on its size in 

relation to the Group and our assessment of the risk of 

material misstatement of the component.  Component 

•  the information given in the Strategic report and

the Directors’ report for the financial year for which

the financial statements are prepared is consistent

  with the financial statements; and

materiality was £720,000 (2021: £620,000). In the audit 

•  the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have 

of the component, we further applied performance 

  been prepared in accordance with applicable legal

materiality levels of 75% (2021: 75%) of the component 

requirements.

materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk 

of errors exceeding component materiality was 

appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold  

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would 

report to them all individual audit differences in excess 

of £22,000 (2021: £20,000).  We also agreed to report 

differences below this threshold that, in our view, 

warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

OTHER INFORMATION

The Directors are responsible for the other 

information. The other information comprises the 

information included in the annual report other than 

the financial statements and our auditor’s report 

thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does 

not cover the other information and, except to the 

extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of 

the Group and Parent Company and its environment 

obtained in the course of the audit, we have not 

identified material misstatements in the strategic 

report or the Directors’ report

Matters on which we are required to report by 

exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following 

matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 

requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept 

  by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for 

  our audit have not been received from branches 

  not visited by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in

  agreement with the accounting records and 

not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

returns; or

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, 

in doing so, consider whether the other information is 

materially inconsistent with the financial statements 

or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, 

or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If 

we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 

material misstatements, we are required to determine 

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 

specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and

  explanations we require for our audit.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS  

whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in 

As explained more fully in the Directors’ 

the financial statements themselves. If, based on the 

responsibilities statement, the Directors are 

work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 

responsible for the preparation of the financial 

material misstatement of this other information, we 

are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

OTHER COMPANIES ACT 2006 REPORTING

statements and for being satisfied that they give a 

true and fair view, and for such internal control as 

the Directors determine is necessary to enable the 

preparation of financial statements that are free from 

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Based on the responsibilities described below and our 

work performed during the course of the audit, we are 

required by the Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to 

report on certain opinions and matters as described 

below.  

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors 

are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the 

Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 

concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related 

to going concern and using the going concern basis 

114
114
114

115
115
115

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
of accounting unless the Directors either intend to 

Our procedures in response to the above included:

team members and remained alert to any indications 

USE OF OUR REPORT

liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to 

cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 

to do so.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF 

THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 

about whether the financial statements as a whole 

are free from material misstatement, whether due 

to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 

that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 

a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that 

an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 

always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 

considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 

they could reasonably be expected to influence the

economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 

these financial statements.

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting 

irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-

compliance with laws and regulations. We design 

procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 

above, to detect material misstatements in respect 

of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 

our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 

including fraud is detailed below:

We obtained an understanding of the legal and 

regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the 

Group and determined that the most significant 

frameworks which are directly relevant to specific 

assertions in the financial statements are those 

that relate to the reporting framework (UK adopted 

international accounting standards and the 

Companies Act 2006) and the relevant tax compliance 

regulations.  In addition, we concluded that there are 

certain significant laws and regulations which may 

have an effect on the determination of the amounts 

and disclosures in the financial statements being 

those laws and regulations relating to food safety, 

environmental, occupational health and safety and 

data protection. We discussed the matters above 

among the audit engagement team and relevant 

internal specialists including tax and IT specialists 

and our internal valuation experts regarding non-

compliance with laws, regulations and where fraud 

might occur in the financial statements.

•  We reviewed the financial statement disclosures,

testing to supporting documentation to assess

compliance with the provisions with the relevant

laws and regulations listed above. We assessed 

  whether any accounting entries and disclosure

  were required as a consequence of compliance 

  with the Companies Act.

•  We obtained an understanding of the control

  environment in monitoring compliance with laws

  and regulations and enquiring of management, 

the Audit Committee and those responsible for 

legal and compliance procedures concerning actual

  and potential litigation and claims and non

compliance with laws and regulations. We 

corroborated our enquiries through our review  

  of Board minutes, and any correspondence 

received from regulatory bodies.

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the financial

statements to material misstatement, including 

fraud and evaluated management’s incentives

  and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation 

  of the financial statements and considered these 

  areas to be management override of controls, 

  manual journal adjustments to revenue and 

revenue recognition in relation to the cut-off of 

international sales 

•  We performed audit procedures to address each

identified fraud risk. These procedures included

  but were not limited to:

•  Testing manual journals posted to revenue  

  accounts back to supporting documentation;

•  Testing a sample of revenue recognised for

international sales either side of the year

  end to supporting documentation to check

recognition in the correct period

• 

In response to risk of management override 

  of controls, testing a sample of journals entries  

  which met a defined risk criteria to supporting

  documentation and challenging the

  assumptions made by management in their

significant accounting estimates in particular 

in relation to the estimation of brand support 

  arrangements and impairment of tangible and 

intangible assets, which are key audit matters.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and 

regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement 

of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations 

throughout the audit.

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s 

members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of 

Our audit procedures were designed to respond 

Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.  Our audit work 

to risks of material misstatement in the financial 

has been undertaken so that we might state to the 

statements, recognising that the risk of not detecting a 

Parent Company’s members those matters we are 

material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the 

required to state to them in an auditor’s report and 

risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud 

for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted 

may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, 

by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 

forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. 

to anyone other than the Parent Company and the 

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 

Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit 

performed and the further removed non-compliance 

work, for this report, or for the opinions we have 

with laws and regulations is from the events and 

formed.

transactions reflected in the financial statements, the 

less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available 

on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 

www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  This 

description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Stuart Wood   (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP,  Statutory Auditor, 
Manchester, UK
28 February 2023

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England 
and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

OUR
ADVISORS

AUDITORS

BDO LLP, 

SOLICITORS

DLA Piper, 

3 Hardman Street, 

101 Barbirolli Square, 

Spinningfields, 

Manchester, 

M3 3AT.

Manchester, 

M2 3DL.

BANKERS

STOCKBROKERS & 

The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, 

NOMINATED ADVISOR

1 Spinningfields Square, 

Singer Capital Markets, 

Manchester, 

M3 3AP.

West One Wellington Street, 

Leeds, 

LS1 1BA.

REGISTRARS

Link Group, 

10th Floor, 

Central Square, 

29 Wellington Street, 

Leeds,

LS1 4DL.

REGISTERED OFFICE

Laurel House, 

Woodlands Park, 

Ashton Road, 

Newton-le-Willows, 

WA12 0HH.

REGISTERED NUMBER

00238303.

116
116
116

117
117
117

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

2022

2021

Before 
exceptional 
items
£’000

Exceptional 
items
(note 4)
£’000

Before 
exceptional 
items
£’000

Exceptional 
items
(note 4)
£’000

Total
£’000

Total
£’000

Continuing operations

Notes

3

 164,926 

(93,905)

71,021

(10,677)

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

164,926

 144,328 

(93,905)

(79,153)

71,021

(10,677)

65,175

(9,129)

 -    144,328

 -   

 -   

 -   

(79,153)

65,175

(9,129)

(35,742)

(11,146)

(46,888)

(34,124)

(39,477)

(73,601)

5

6

6

8

 24,602 

(11,146)

13,456

 21,922 

(39,477)

(17,555)

514

(134)

 -   

 -   

514

(134)

57

(158)

 -   

 -   

57

(158)

 24,982 

(11,146)

13,836

 21,821 

(39,477)

(17,656)

(4,757)

 2,556 

(2,201)

(4,783)

 271 

(4,512)

 20,225 

(8,590)

11,635

 17,038 

(39,206)

(22,168)

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution expenses

Administrative 
expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance income

Finance expense

Profit/(loss) before 
taxation

Taxation

Profit/(loss) for the 
year attributable to 
equity shareholders

Earnings per share 
attributable to the 
ordinary equity 
shareholders

Earnings/(loss) per share 
(basic)

Earnings/(loss) per share 
(diluted)

10

10

55.38p

55.32p

31.86p

46.15p

(60.04p)

31.82p

46.09p

(60.04p)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Profit/(loss) for the year

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Remeasurement of net defined benefit liability (see note 26)

Deferred taxation on pension obligations and employee benefits (see note 15)

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

11,635

(22,168)

(2,071)

459

(1,612)

4,083

(962)

3,121

Total comprehensive income/(expense) attributable to equity shareholders

10,023

(19,047)

118
118

Assets 

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Intangibles

Pension surplus

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Corporation tax recoverable

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Group

Parent

Notes

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

11

13

14

26

16

17

18

19

20

19

15

35,988

86,345

14

28

10,958

17,099

-

88

4,125

15,171

10,432

39,561

695

-

5,546

5,276

27,921

9,706

36,124

743

5,755

16,566

88

4,125

26,534

5,868

45,373

708

56,296

56,674

48,248

106,984

103,247

100,197

6,327

16,566

122

5,276

28,291

6,070

40,407

756

38,767

86,000

122,155

131,168

126,731

114,291

30,711

-

30,711

2,038

670

2,708

33,419

88,736

3,697

3,255

1,209

1,280

79,295

88,736

28,791

4,242

33,033

1,954

3,155

5,109

38,142

93,026

3,697

3,255

1,209

676

84,189

93,026

75,414

-

75,414

1,553

1,000

2,553

77,967

48,764

3,697

3,255

1,209

2,055

38,548

48,764

50,100

4,242

54,342

1,367

1,138

2,505

56,847

57,444

3,697

3,255

1,209

1,451

47,832

57,444

The Parent Company reported a profit for the year ended 31 December 2022 of £7,245,000 (2021: £6,932,000).

The financial statements on pages 118 to 166 were approved by the Board of Directors on 28 February 2023 and 

were signed on its behalf by:

P J Nichols

Chairman

Registered number 00238303

119

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Notes

2022
£’000

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2021
£’000

Parent

Notes

2022
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021
£’000

2021
£’000

11,635

(22,168)

Profit for the financial year 

7,245

6,932

Cash flows from operating activities

Group

Cash flows from operating activities 

Profit/(loss) for the financial year

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment losses on goodwill, intangible and fixed assets

Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

Finance income

Finance expense

Taxation expense recognised in the income statement

Increase in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

4

6

6

4,521

8,714

186

(514)

134

2,201

(726)

(4,100)

2,963

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

20

(4,242)

Change in pension obligations and employee benefits

Fair value loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments

22

(920)

662

Cash generated from operating activities

Taxation paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Finance income

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Payment of contingent consideration

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Payment of lease liabilities

Purchase of own shares

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

514

-

(1,245)

(71)

(995)

(5,534)

(9,383)

21

24

9

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

18

4,969

36,244

63

(57)

158

4,512

(3,785)

(6,804)

7,429

4,242

(846)

(178)

57

2

(1,239)

(67)

45,947

23,779

(3,878)

19,901

8,879

20,514

(4,178)

16,336

(802)

(1,247)

(1,189)

(1,217)

(6,868)

(15,912)

(378)

56,674

56,296

(9,274)

9,380

47,294

56,674

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation

Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

Finance income

Finance expense

Taxation expense recognised in the income statement

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

Change in pension obligations and employee benefits

Fair value loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments

Cash generated from operating activities

Taxation paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Finance income

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

1,368

-

(514)

106

1,887

202

(5,630)

28,953

(4,242)

(920)

662

1,585

46

(57)

126

2,228

(2,544)

(4,949)

15,036

4,242

(846)

(178)

21,872

29,117

(4,178)

24,939

14,689

21,621

(3,920)

17,701

514

(185)

57

(471)

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities

329

(414)

Cash flows from financing activities

Payment of lease liabilities

Purchase of own shares

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

18

(870)

(5,534)

(9,383)

24

9

(1,064)

(1,217)

(6,868)

(15,787)

9,481

38,767

48,248

(9,149)

8,138

30,629

38,767

120
120

121

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Group

Called up 
share 
capital 
£’000

Share 
premium 
reserve 
£’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000

Other 
reserves  
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
equity
£’000

Parent

Called up 
share 
capital 
£’000

Share 
premium 
reserve 
£’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000

Other 
reserves  
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
equity
£’000

At 1 January 2021

3,697

3,255

1,209

394

111,321

119,876

At 1 January 2021

3,697

3,255

1,209

1,169

45,864

55,194

(6,868)

(6,868)

Dividends

Dividends

Movement in ESOT

Credit to equity for equity-
settled share based payments

Purchase of own shares

Total transactions 
with owners

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive 
expense

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

272

-

282

-

-

-

At 1 January 2022

3,697

3,255

1,209

676

Dividends

Movement in ESOT

Credit to equity for equity-
settled share based payments

Purchase of own shares

Total transactions 
with owners

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive 
expense

Total comprehensive 
income

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

272

(1,217)

(1,217)

(8,085)

(7,803)

(22,168)

(22,168)

3,121

3,121

(19,047)

(19,047)

84,189

(9,383)

-

-

93,026

(9,383)

5

599

-

5

599

-

(5,534)

(5,534)

Purchase of own shares

604

(14,917)

(14,313)

-

-

-

11,635

(1,612)

11,635

(1,612)

10,023

10,023

Total transactions 
with owners

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive 
expense

Total comprehensive 
income

Movement in ESOT

Credit to equity for equity-
settled share based payments

Purchase of own shares

Total transactions 
with owners

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive 
income

Dividends

Movement in ESOT

Credit to equity for equity-
settled share based payments

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10

272

-

282

-

-

-

(6,868)

(6,868)

-

-

10

272

(1,217)

(1,217)

(8,085)

(7,803)

6,932

3,121

6,932

3,121

10,053

10,053

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5

599

(9,383)

(9,383)

-

-

5

599

-

(5,534)

(5,534)

604

(14,917)

(14,313)

-

-

-

7,245

7,245

(1,612)

(1,612)

5,633

5,633

At 1 January 2022

3,697

3,255

1,209

1,451

47,832

57,444

At 31 December 2022

3,697

3,255

1,209

1,280

79,295

88,736

At 31 December 2022

3,697

3,255

1,209

2,055

38,548

48,764

122
122

123

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

1. REPORTING ENTITY

Nichols plc (the “Company”) is a company incorporated 

and domiciled in the United Kingdom, listed on the 

Alternative Investment Market. The address of the 

Company’s registered office is Laurel House, Woodlands 

Park, Ashton Road, Newton-le-Willows, WA12 0HH. The 

consolidated financial statements of the Company as 

at and for the year ended 31 December 2022 comprise 

the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to 

as the “Group”). The Group is primarily engaged in the 
supply of soft drinks to the retail, wholesale, catering, 

In addition to the further impacts of Covid-19, 

alternative scenarios, including the potential impact 

of key principal risks from a financial and operational 

perspective, have been modelled with the resulting 

implications considered. In all cases, the business model 

remained robust. The Group’s diversified business 

model and strong balance sheet provide resilience 

against these factors and the other principal risks that 

the Group is exposed to. At the 31 December 2022 the 

Group had cash and cash equivalents of £56.3m with no 

external bank borrowings. 

licensed and leisure industries. 

On the basis of these reviews, the Directors consider 

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of preparation 

The Group’s Consolidated and Parent Company financial 

statements have been prepared in accordance with UK 

adopted International Accounting Standards and the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

The accounting policies have been applied consistently 

by the Group, with those adopted in the previous year.

An income statement is not provided for the Parent 

Company as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies 

Act 2006.

Going concern

In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going 

concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and 

Accounts, the Directors have considered the current 

financial position of the Group, its principal risks and 

uncertainties, the potential impact of further Covid-19 
restrictions in addition to a continued cost of living crisis. 
The review performed considers severe but plausible 

downside scenarios that could reasonably arise within 

the period.

the Group has adequate resources to continue in 

operational existence for the foreseeable future 

(being at least one year following the date of approval 

of the Annual Report and Accounts) and consider 

it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in 

preparing the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts. 

Use of adjusted measures 

The performance of the Group is assessed using 

adjusted measures that are not defined under IFRS 

and are therefore deemed non-GAAP measures. 

These measures include adjusted operating profit 

and adjusted profit before tax, which both remove 

the impact of exceptional items (note 4). The Group 

also reports EBITDA which measures underlying 

performance having removed the impact of interest, 

taxation, depreciation and amortisation from profit after 

tax. The Group also calculates an adjusted earnings per 

share, based on the adjusted profit after tax which again 

removes the impact of exceptional items.

These adjusted measures are used to allow a better 

understanding of the underlying trading performance of 

the Group after taking account of items that, due to their 

nature and size, do not reflect the Group’s underlying 

The estimated impacts of Covid-19 restrictions are 

performance. The measures are not comparable to 

primarily based around our OoH market and the 

similar measures used by other companies.  

potential for future lockdowns within the hospitality 

industry. Our modelling has sensitised trading within 

Use of estimates and judgements

this market to reflect varying degrees of lockdowns 

with the most severe scenario assuming that some 

restrictions will return during the remainder of 2023 and 

the start of 2024.

During the year the Group experienced a period of 
significant inflation and a cost of living crisis against 

which a number of mitigation actions were introduced. 

The preparation of financial statements requires 

management to make estimates, judgements and 

assumptions that affect the application of accounting 

policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, 

income and expenses. Due to the nature of estimation, 
the actual outcomes may differ from these estimates. 

These are largely evidenced in the results announced. 

The following paragraphs detail the key estimates and 

Our modelling has sensitised the impacts of Russia’s 

judgements that the Group believes have the most 

continued invasion of Ukraine, in particular their impact 

significant effect on the carrying amounts of assets 

on global supply chains and macroeconomic inflationary 
factors. 

and liabilities at the reporting date and within the next 

financial year.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives

support campaigns that either span two financial years 

In the opinion of the Directors, the industry in which 

the Group operates is stable and there are relatively 

or where the costs have not been fully settled by the 

year end date.

high barriers to entry. The brands acquired are well 

Promotions and brand support campaigns comprise:

established in their respective sales channels and both 

have an important role to play in all of the Group’s 

Long term discounts and rebates

routes to market. The brands are also well positioned 

•  Fixed, a defined amount over a period of time

to mitigate against the impact of recent sugar levy 

announcements. 

The Directors have therefore made a judgement 

that certain intangible assets relating to brands have 

indefinite lives. It is expected that these brands will be 

held and supported for an indefinite period of time and 

are expected to generate economic benefits. The Group 

is committed to supporting its brands and invests in 

significant consumer marketing promotional spend. 

Should management have judged the intangible assets 

not to be of indefinite lives, an amortisation charge 

would be made to the Consolidated Income Statement 

on an annual basis. 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with 
indefinite lives 

•  % of net revenue, a percentage of net revenue, 
  which may have associated hurdle rates

Short term promotional discounts

Promotional discounts consist of many individual 

rebates across numerous customers and represent the 

cost to the Group of short-term deal mechanics. The 

common deals typically include price reductions for 

specific SKUs during a promotional period.

To provide an amount for these brand support accruals 

at the end of a period requires a degree of estimation 

supported by historical data and experience. The 

accruals are calculated using the expected value 

approach, however, in most instances, the discounts 

can be estimated using known facts with a high level of 

Determining whether goodwill and intangible assets 

accuracy.

with indefinite lives are impaired requires an estimation 

Defined benefit obligations 

of the value in use of the cash-generating units to 

which the assets have been allocated. The value in use 

calculation requires management to estimate the future 

cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating 

unit and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate 

present value (see note 12). 

Customer list intangible assets have finite lives assigned. 

Accounting for retirement benefit schemes under 

IAS 19 requires an assessment of future benefits 

payable in accordance with actuarial assumptions. The 

assumptions include discount rate, inflation, pension 

and salary increases, expected return on scheme assets, 

mortality and other demographic assumptions (see 

note 26) which represent a key source of estimation 

Such assets are tested for impairment if an impairment 

uncertainty for the Group.

indicator exists. As a result of the impairment review, 

management have recognised a further impairment 

charge of £8.7m in the current year, impairing all the 

remaining intangible assets and a proportion of fixed 

assets within our OoH business. In 2021, as previously 

announced, the Group impaired the Goodwill generated 

from previous OoH acquisitions (2021: £36.2m).

The carrying amount of goodwill at the reporting date 

was £nil (2021: £nil).

Historic incentive scheme

The liability and corresponding asset disclosed within 

note 20 and note 17 have been calculated based 

on specialist tax and legal advice and represent a 

reasonable estimate of the final outcome, including 

the Group’s additional tax liability, interest costs and 

amounts expected to be recovered. 

Basis of consolidation and goodwill 

The carrying amount of brands with indefinite lives was 

£nil (2021: £2.6m).

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the 

Company and all of its subsidiary undertakings drawn 

Carrying value of brand support accruals

up to 31 December 2022.

The Group incurs significant costs in the support and 

development of the Group’s brands. The majority of 

costs incurred on these arrangements have been settled 

at 31 December 2022, however certain judgement is 

required in determining the level of closing accrual 

required at a year end for promotions and brand 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. 

Control exists if all three of the following elements are 

present: power over the investee, exposure to variable 

returns from the investee, and the ability of the investor 

to use its power to affect those variable returns. Control 

is reassessed whenever facts and circumstances indicate 

that there may be a change in any of these elements 

124
124

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

With regard to discounts, rebates, promotional costs 

Foreign currency transactions   

Deferred tax

of control. The financial statements of subsidiaries are 

included in the consolidated financial statements from 

the date that control commences until the date that 

control ceases.

and brand support costs, consideration is given as to 

whether a distinct good or service has been received 

from the goods sold to the customer. Where the 

payments do not result in the receipt of a distinct 

good or service, they are treated as a deduction from 

Intra-Group balances and any unrealised gains and 

revenue. However, when they do, they are recorded as 

losses arising from intra-Group transactions are 

an expense and recognised in administrative expenses.

eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial 

statements. 

Acquisitions of subsidiaries are dealt with by the 

For discounts, rebates, promotional costs and brand 

support costs, accumulated experience is used to 
estimate and provide for these using the expected value 

acquisition method. The acquisition method involves 

method, and revenue is only recognised to the extent 

the recognition at fair value of all identifiable assets and 

that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will 

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into 

Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet 

the respective functional currencies of Group entities 

liability method, with no discounting, providing for 

at exchange rates at the date of transactions. Monetary 

temporary differences between the carrying amounts of 

assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 

assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and 

at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional 

the amounts used for taxation purposes.

currency at the exchange rate at that date.

Deferred tax is not provided on the initial recognition 

Any exchange differences arising on the settlement of 

of goodwill, or on the initial recognition of an asset or 

monetary items or on translating monetary items at 

liability unless the related transaction is a business 

rates different from those at which they were initially 

combination or affects tax or accounting profit. Deferred 

recorded are recognised in the consolidated income 

tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be 

statement in the period in which they arise.

applied to the temporary differences when they reverse, 

liabilities at the acquisition date, regardless of whether 

not occur. The statement of financial position includes 

Exceptional items 

or not they were recorded in the financial statements of 

accruals for claims yet to be received for discounts, 

the subsidiary prior to acquisition. On initial recognition, 

rebates and promotional costs.

the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary are included 

in the consolidated statement of financial position 

at their fair values, which are also used as the basis 

for subsequent measurement in accordance with the 

Group’s accounting policies.

Accruals are made for each individual promotion or 

rebate based on the specific terms and conditions of the 

customer agreement. Management makes estimates 

on an ongoing basis, to assess customer performance 

and sales volume, to calculate total amounts earned 

The Group has adopted an accounting policy that seeks 

to highlight significant exceptional items of income and 

expense within Group results for the year. Exceptional 

items are those considered to be one off items that 

are of such significance, by either nature or scale, 

that separate disclosure is required in the financial 

statements in order to provide a better understanding 

provided they are enacted or substantively enacted at 

the reporting date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it 

is probable that future taxable profits will be available 

against which temporary differences can be utilised. 

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting 

date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer 

probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Goodwill is stated after separating out identifiable 

to be recorded as deductions from revenue. In most 

of the Group’s trading performance. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there 

assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value 

instances, the discount can be estimated using known 

of the consideration transferred over the fair value 

facts with a high level of accuracy.

Research and Development 

is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets 

and liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities 

of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of 

the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. In 

Segmental reporting  

calculating goodwill, the fair value of consideration has 

An operating segment is a component of the Group 

been calculated using the cash consideration plus the 

that engages in business activities from which it may 

Directors’ best estimate of contingent consideration at 

earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues 

the acquisition date.

Revenue recognition 

and expenses that relate to transactions with any of 

the Group’s other components and for which discrete 

financial information is available. In line with market 

Revenue from the sale of goods is based on the price 

research and data made available by Nielsen, which 

specified in the contract, being the invoice price less any 

documents industry performance in respect of Stills 

agreed discounts or rebates and excluding VAT and after 

and Carbonates, management identify both Stills and 

the deduction of certain promotional and brand support 

Carbonates as operating segments where operating 

costs invoiced by customers.

Revenue is recognised when control of the goods have 

been transferred to the buyer. Payment terms vary by 

customer but never exceed 12 months. The transaction 

results are reviewed regularly by the Board (as chief 

operating decision maker) to make decisions about 

resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its 

performance.

price is therefore not adjusted for the effects of a 

Segment results that are reported to the Board include 

significant financing component.

Transfer of control varies depending on the individual 

term of the contract of sale. For sales in the UK, transfer 

of control occurs when the product is delivered to the 
customer. However, for some international shipments, 

transfer of control occurs either upon loading the 

goods onto the relevant carrier or when the goods have 

arrived in the overseas port. The point of transfer for 

international shipments is dictated by the terms of each 

sale.

126
126

items directly attributable to a segment as well as those 

that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Segment 

reporting for the Group is made to the gross profit level 

for the operating segments but no segment reporting 

is made for further expenditure or for the assets and 
liabilities of the Group. The assets and liabilities of the 

Group are reported as Group totals and no reporting 

of these balances is recorded at a segment level. As 

a result, all of the Group’s assets and liabilities are 

unallocated items and no reconciliation of segment 

assets to the Group’s total assets is prepared.

Research expenditure is recognised in the consolidated 

relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation 

income statement in the year in which it is incurred. 

authority on the same taxable entity.

Internal development expenditure is capitalised only 
if it meets the recognition criteria of IAS 38, Intangible 
Assets. If the Group cannot distinguish the research 
phase of an internal project to create an intangible 

asset from the development phase, the entity treats 

the expenditure for that project as if it were incurred 

in the research phase only. Where recognition criteria 

are met, intangible assets are capitalised and amortised 

on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives. 

All intangible assets are tested for impairment when 

there are indications that the carrying value may not 

be recoverable. Any impairment losses are recognised 

immediately in the consolidated income statement. 

Taxation

Income tax expense comprises consolidated current 

and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognised in 

Brands 

Brands acquired in a business combination are 

recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Brands 

acquired separately through a business combination are 

assessed at the date of acquisition as to whether they 

have an indefinite life. The assessment includes whether 

the brand name will continue to trade and the expected 

lifetime of the brand. All brands acquired to date have 

been assessed as having an indefinite life as they are 

expected to continue to contribute to the long-term 

future of the Group. The brands are reviewed annually 

for impairment, being carried at cost less accumulated 

impairment charges. The fair value of a brand at 

the date of acquisition is based on the Relief from 

Royalties method, which is a valuation model based on 

discounted cash flows.

the income statement except to the extent that it relates 

Customer lists 

to items recognised in other comprehensive income/ 

(expense), in which case it is recognised in consolidated 
other comprehensive income/(expense).

Current tax 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable 

Customer lists acquired in a business combination are 
recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They are 

amortised over the useful economic life identified at the 

date of acquisition with amortisation charges included 

within administrative expenses.

income for the year, using rates which are enacted or 

Customer lists are amortised between 7 - 15 years.

substantively enacted at the reporting date and any 

adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

127

 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

the unit on a pro-rata basis. Impairment losses are 

losses using the simplified approach contained within 

target, are not measurement period adjustments and 

recognised in the income statement.

IFRS 9. Estimated irrecoverable amounts are based on 

are, therefore, recognised in profit or loss.

Reserves 

Share capital represents the nominal value of equity 

shares.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are 
reviewed for impairment annually. 

Share premium represents the excess over nominal 

Property, plant and equipment 

value of the fair value of the consideration received for 

equity shares.

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured 

at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Capital redemption reserve represents the reserve 

losses. Cost includes expenditures that are directly 

created upon redemption of shares.

attributable to the acquisition of the asset.

Other reserves incorporate purchase of own shares, 

The cost of replacing part of an item of property, plant 

movements in the Group’s ESOT and equity settled 

and equipment is recognised in the carrying amount 

share-based payments in respect of Long-Term 

of the item if it is probable that the future economic 

Incentive Plans.

benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Group 

historical experience and forward-looking information, 

together with specific amounts that are not expected to 

Leased assets 

be recovered. Individual amounts are written off when 

All leases are accounted for under IFRS16 by recognising 

management deems them to be irrecoverable. The 

a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for:

amount of expected credit losses are updated at each 

reporting date.

Interest income is recognised by applying the effective 

interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the 
recognition of interest would be immaterial.

• Leases of low value assets; and 

• Leases with a duration of 12 months or less.

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the 

contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease 

term, with the discount rate determined by reference to 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are stated after 

the rate inherent in the lease unless (as is typically the 

any provision for expected credit loss in line with the 

case) this is not readily determinable, in which case the 

three-stage model in IFRS 9.

Group’s incremental borrowing rate on commencement 

of the lease is used. Variable lease payments are only 

included in the measurement of the lease liability if they 

depend on an index or rate. In such cases, the initial 

measurement of the lease liability assumes the variable 

and its cost can be measured reliably. The costs of the 

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash 

day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment 

flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise deposits with 

are recognised in the income statement as incurred.

banks and bank and cash balances.

Retained earnings represents retained earnings.

Dividends 

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders 

is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial 

statements in the period in which the dividends are 

interim dividends these are recognised once paid.

Impairment 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis to 

Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid 

element will remain unchanged throughout the lease 

write down the cost less estimated residual value on 

investments that are readily convertible to known 

term. Other variable lease payments are expensed in 

property, plant and equipment over their estimated 

amounts of cash and which are subject to an 

the period to which they relate.

approved by the Company’s shareholders. In respect of 

useful lives.

insignificant risk of changes in value.

Subsequent to initial measurement lease liabilities 

The estimated useful lives for the current and 

This Group holds derivative financial instruments in 

increase as a result of interest charged at a constant 

comparative periods are as follows:

relation to foreign currency forward contracts. They are 

rate on the balance outstanding and are reduced 

The carrying values of the Group’s non-current assets 

are reviewed at each reporting date to determine 

whether there is any indication of impairment. All 

property, plant and equipment is tested for impairment 

Plant, machinery, fixtures  
and fittings     

3-10 years

Buildings     

                    50 years

whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 

Material residual value estimates and useful economic 

that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 

lives are updated at least annually.

Intangible assets which have indefinite useful lives, 

including the Group’s acquired brands, are subject to 

Land is not depreciated. 

annual impairment testing or more frequent testing if 

Inventories 

there are indicators of impairment. 

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net 

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets 

realisable value. The cost of inventories is based on 

are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are 

the first-in first-out principle and includes expenditure 

separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating 

incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing them 

units). As a result, some assets are tested individually for 

to their existing location and condition. Net realisable 

impairment and some are tested at a cash-generating 

value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary 

unit (CGU) level.

course of business, less the costs of completion and 

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount 

selling expenses.

of an asset or its CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. 

Financial assets 

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, 

reflecting market conditions less costs to sell and value 
in use.  In assessing value in use, the estimated future 

cash flows are discounted to their present value using 

the cost of capital that reflects the current market 

assessments of the time value of money and the risks 

specific to the CGU. Impairment losses recognised in 

respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying 

The Group’s financial assets comprise primarily cash, 

bank deposits and trade receivables that arise from its 

business operations. Financial assets are a contractual 

right to receive cash or another financial asset from 

another entity or to exchange financial assets or 

financial liabilities with another entity under conditions 

that are potentially favourable to the entity.

amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then 

Trade receivables are measured at amortised cost using 

to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in 

the effective interest method, less any expected credit 

carried in the statement of financial position at fair value 

for lease payments made. Right-of-use assets are 

with changes in fair value recognised in the income 

depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining 

statement.

Financial liabilities 

The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and 

other payables and IFRS 16 lease liabilities. Financial 

liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial 

assets and are recognised when the Group becomes a 

party to the contractual provisions of the instruments. 

Trade payables are initially measured at fair value and 

are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the 

effective interest rate method.

Contingent consideration 

Contingent consideration represents the Group’s best 

estimate of the fair value of amounts payable based on 

the likelihood of future events occurring.

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 

that qualify as measurement period adjustments 

are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding 
adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period 

adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional 

information obtained during the measurement period 

(which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition 

date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the 

acquisition date. Changes in the amount of contingent 
consideration payable that results from events after the 

term of the lease or over the remaining economic life of 

the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the 

lease term.

When the Group revises its estimate of the term of 

any lease (because, for example, it re-assesses the 

probability of a lessee extension or termination option 

being exercised), it adjusts the carrying amount of the 

lease liability to reflect the payments to make over the 

revised term, which are discounted using a revised 

discount rate. The carrying value of lease liabilities is 

similarly revised when the variable element of future 

lease payments dependent on a rate or index is revised, 

except the discount rate remains unchanged. In both 

cases an equivalent adjustment is made to the carrying 

value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying 

amount being depreciated over the remaining (revised) 

lease term. If the carrying amount of the right-of-use 

asset is adjusted to zero, any further reduction is 

recognised in profit or loss.

When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of 

a lease with the lessor, the accounting depends on the 

nature of the modification:

if the renegotiation results in one or more

• 
  additional assets being leased for an amount

commensurate with the standalone price for the

acquisition date, such as meeting a revenue or profit 

  additional rights-of-use obtained, the modification

128
128

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

contributions, which are recognised as an expense in 

entitled to receive dividends over the relevant holding 

purchase nor sale of own shares leads to a gain or loss 

the period that relevant employee services are received.

period.

being recognised in the consolidated income statement.

is accounted for as a separate lease in accordance

  with the above policy

Defined benefit plan 

• 

in all other cases where the renegotiation increases

the scope of the lease (whether that is an extension

to the lease term, or one or more additional assets

  being leased), the lease liability is remeasured using

the discount rate applicable on the modification

  date, with the right-of-use asset being adjusted by

the same amount

Under the Group’s defined benefit plan, the amount 

of pension benefit that an employee will receive on 

retirement is defined by reference to the employee’s 

length of service and final salary. The legal obligation for 

any benefits remains with the Group, even if plan assets 

for funding the defined benefit plan have been set aside. 

Plan assets may include assets specifically designated to 

a long-term benefit fund as well as qualifying insurance 

• 

if the renegotiation results in a decrease in the

policies.

scope of the lease, both the carrying amount of

the lease liability and right-of-use asset are

reduced by the same proportion to reflect the

  partial or full termination of the lease with any

  difference recognised in profit or loss. The lease

The asset recognised in the statement of financial 

position for defined benefit plans is the fair value of plan 

assets at the reporting date less the present value of the 

defined benefit obligation (DBO).

liability is then further adjusted to ensure

Management estimates the DBO annually with the 

its carrying amount reflects the amount of the

assistance of independent actuaries. This is based 

renegotiated payments over the renegotiated term,

on the standard rates of inflation, salary growth and 

  with the modified lease payments discounted at the

mortality. Discount factors are determined close to 

   rate applicable on the modification date. The right-

each year end by reference to high quality corporate 

  of-use asset is adjusted by the same amount.

bonds that are denominated in the currency in which 

the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity 

The Group sometimes negotiates break clauses in its 

approximating to the terms of the related pension 

property leases. On a case-by-case basis, the Group will 

liability. Service cost on the net defined benefit liability 

consider whether the absence of a break clause exposes 

is included in employee benefits expense. Net interest 

the Group to excessive risk. Typically factors considered 

income on the net defined benefit surplus is included 

in deciding to negotiate a break clause include:

in finance income. Remeasurement of the DBO, 

•   the length of the lease term; 

•   the economic stability of the environment in which

the property is located; and 

•   whether the location represents a new area of

   operations for the Group.

comprising actuarial gains and losses and the return on 

scheme assets (excluding interest), are recognised in the 

statement of other comprehensive income in the year in 

which they arise.

Share-based payment transactions 

At 31 December 2022 the carrying amounts of lease 

The Group operates three equity-settled share-based 

liabilities are not reduced by the amount of payments 

payment schemes; a Save As You Earn (SAYE) scheme 

that would be avoided from exercising break clauses 

open to all employees; a Long-Term Incentive Plan 

because on both dates it was considered reasonably 

(LTIP) for certain directors and senior executives and an 

certain that the Group would not exercise its right to 

Executive share award scheme for certain directors and 

exercise any right to break the lease.

Total lease payments of £774,557 (2021: £1,079,000) are 

senior executives. All schemes comprise the grant of 

options under the Group’s share option schemes.

potentially avoidable were the Group to exercise break 

The Group recognises an expense to the income 

clauses at the earliest opportunity.

Post-employment benefit plans 

The Group provides post-employment benefits through 

defined contribution and defined benefit plans.

Defined contribution plan 

The Group pays fixed contributions into independent 

entities in relation to plans and insurances for individual 

employees. The Group has no legal or constructive 

obligations to pay contributions in addition to its fixed 

statement representing the fair value of outstanding 

equity-settled share-based payment awards to 

employees which have not vested as at 31 December 
2022.

Those fair values are charged to the income statement 

over the relevant vesting period adjusted to reflect 

actual and expected vesting levels. The Group calculates 

the fair market value of the options as being based on 
the market value of a company’s shares at the date of 

grant adjusted to reflect the fact that an employee is not 

The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period 

As at 31 December 2022, the ESOT holds 4,101 shares in 

is determined with reference to the fair value of options 

the Company (2021: 4,889 shares).

granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting 

conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are included 

Investments in subsidiaries 

in the assumptions about the number of options 

Investments in subsidiaries are shown in the Parent 

expected to vest. At each reporting date the Group 

Company statement of financial position at cost less any 

revises its estimate of the number of options expected 

provision for impairment.

to vest.

Standards and interpretations in issue not yet 

It recognises the impact of revisions to original 

adopted 

There are a number of standards, amendments to 

standards, and interpretations which have been issued 

by the IASB that are effective in future accounting 

periods that the Group has decided not to adopt early

The following amendments are effective for the period 
beginning 1 January 2023: 

 Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 - 

Disclosure of Accounting Policies 

• 

 Amendments to IAS 8 - Definition of Accounting 

 Estimates 

•  Amendments to IAS 12 - Deferred Tax Related to  
  Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

The following amendments are effective for the period 

beginning 1 January 2024:

•  Amendments to IFRS 16 - Liability in a Sale and  

  Leaseback

•  Amendments to IAS 1 - Classification of Liabilities as 

  Current or Non-current 

•   Amendments to IAS 1 - Non-current Liabilities with
  Covenants

The Directors are currently considering the 

potential impact of adoption of these standards and 

interpretations in future periods on the consolidated 

financial statements of the Group. 

The Group does not expect any other standards issued, 

but not yet effective, to have a material impact on the 
Group. 

estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a 

corresponding adjustment to equity. The proceeds 

received, net of any directly attributable transactions 

costs, are managed by the ESOT, therefore there is no 

impact on share capital and share premium when the 

options are exercised.

Further disclosures in relation to the schemes above are 

provided in note 29.

Provisions and contingent liabilities 

A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, 

the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation 

that can be estimated reliably and it is probable that an 

outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle 

the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting 

the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that 

reflects current market assessments of the time value of 

money and the risks specific to the liability.

Finance income

Finance income comprises interest income on funds 

invested. Interest income is recognised as it accrues, 
using the effective interest method. 

Finance costs 

Finance costs comprise of interest expenses on leases 

and defined benefit pension obligations. Interest 

expenses are recognised as they accrue, using the 

effective interest method. 

Government grants 

Government grants are recognised in profit or loss on 

a systematic basis over the periods in which the entity 

recognises expenses for the related costs for which the 

grants are intended to compensate.

Employee share ownership trust 

The assets and liabilities of the Employee Share 

Ownership Trust (ESOT) have been included in the 

consolidated financial statements.

The costs of purchasing own shares held by the ESOT 

are shown as a deduction against equity. Neither the 

130
130

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

3. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

a. Key operating segments

The Board analyses the Group’s internal reports to 

market research and industry data made available by 

enable an assessment of performance and allocation of 

Nielsen. Gross profit is the measure used to assess the 

resources. The operating segments are based on these 

performance of each operating segment. 

reports. 

The Group’s OoH strategic review is now complete. 

The Board considers the business from a product 

Given the differing strategic challenges between our 

perspective and reviews the Group on the operating 

Packaged and OoH routes to market, the Group will be 

segments identified below. There has been no change 

segmented during FY23 to ensure appropriate strategic 

to the segments during the year. Based on the nature 

focus exists for each of its two proposed operating 

of the products sold by the Group, the types of 

segments.

customers and methods of distribution, management 

consider reporting operating segments at the Still and 

Carbonate level to be reasonable, particularly in light of 

b. Reporting by geographic area 

Revenue by geographic destination

Middle East

Africa

Rest of the World

Total exports

United Kingdom

2022
£’000

11,752

18,870

7,350

37,792

126,954

164,926

2022
%

7.1

11.4

4.5

23.0

77.0

100.0

2021
£’000

9,765

16,410

6,523

32,698

111,630

144,328

2021
%

6.8

11.4

4.5

22.7

77.3

100.0

Revenue

Gross Profit

The Group’s business segments operate in the Middle East, Africa, the Rest of the World and the United Kingdom. 

Revenue from continuing operations arose principally from the provision of goods. 

Still

Carbonate

2022
£’000

78,307

86,619

2021 
£’000 

72,393

71,935

164,926

144,328

2022 
£’000

40,277

30,744

71,021

2021
£’000

37,980

27,195

65,175

There are no sales between the two operating segments and all revenue is earned from external customers.

The Group’s Head Office operations are located in the United Kingdom. 

In presenting information on the basis of geographical areas, area revenue is based on the geographical location of 

customers and not on the legal entity in which the transaction occurred.

Total assets

Depreciation

The assets of the Group at 31 December 2022 and 

The Group’s depreciation charges for the years ended 

31 December 2021 are located within the United 

31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 are against 

Kingdom and Europe.

Capital expenditure

property, plant and equipment retained within the 

United Kingdom and Europe.

The gross profit of the operating segments is reconciled to profit before taxation as per the consolidated income 

The capital expenditure of the Group for the years 

Amortisation

statement.

The Group’s overheads are managed centrally by the Board and consequently there is no reconciliation to profit 

before tax at a segmental level.

The Group’s assets are managed centrally by the Board and consequently there is no reconciliation between the 

Group’s assets per the consolidated statement of financial position and the segment assets.

Capital Expenditure

IFRS 16 additions

Depreciation

Amortisation

Impairment losses on goodwill, intangible and fixed assets

2022
£’000

1,245

577

3,881

640

8,714

2021 
£’000

1,239

108

4,309

660

36,244

132
132

ended 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 was 

The Group’s amortisation charges for the years ended 

made within the United Kingdom and Europe.

31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 are against 

IFRS 16 additions

The IFRS 16 additions of the Group for the years ended 

31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 were made 

within the United Kingdom and Europe.

4. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

intangible assets retained within the United Kingdom 

and Europe.

By virtue of their nature and size, there are a number of items which have been reported as exceptional items within 
administrative expenses. These items are as follows:

Review of UK packaged supply chain

Out of Home Strategic Review

Impairment of goodwill, intangible and fixed assets

Historic incentive scheme

Group Systems Review

2022
£’000

1,464

518

8,714

134

316

 2021
£’000

620

-

36,244

2,613

-

11,146

39,477

133

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Group’s growth plans, and improved efficiency. These 

fixed assets (£3.9m). In 2021, as previously announced, 

Short-term lease rental payments 

The Group has now settled with HMRC the £4.3m tax 

Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

4. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS (CONTINUED)

previously is not now likely to be achieved, despite there 

2022 Exceptional Items

being significant opportunities to enhance net margin 

through better alignment of our customer and product 

The Group incurred £11.1m of exceptional costs during 

mix with our cost base. 

the year (2021: £39.5m), £8.7m of which is non-cash.

The Group’s cost of capital has increased, largely due to 

Review of UK Packaged Supply Chain

macro-economic factors affecting all businesses, from 

In Q4 2020, the Group commenced a review of its UK 

operational supply chains. The project has progressed 

8.2% to 13.1%. This has resulted in a higher threshold 

required to support the carrying values of assets.

steadily with significant changes implemented, including 

As a result, management have recognised a further non-

the Group entering several new five-year contract 

cash impairment charge of £8.7m, in the current year, 

manufacturing and distribution arrangements that 

impairing all the remaining intangible assets (£4.8m) 

both built significant additional capacity, in-line with the 

within our OoH route to market and a proportion of its 

projects, which completed during 2022, resulted in 

the Group impaired the Goodwill generated from 

£1.5m of exceptional costs in the period (2021: £0.6m, 

previous OoH acquisitions (2021: £36.2m).

2020: £0.3m).

Out of Home Strategic Review

Historic Incentive Scheme

In Q1 2021 the Group commenced a strategic review 

and interest charges relating to a historic incentive 

into its OoH route to market, to consider customer 

scheme and will now commence recovery of debts from 

and product mix as well as review ways to enhance 

current and previous management who had indemnified 

net margin and profitability going forward. The 

the Company. The Group incurred legal costs in the 

Group incurred £0.5m of costs in the period to 

period of £0.1m in relation to the case.

prepare its recommendations for implementation. 

Additional costs will be incurred through 2023 as these 

Group Systems Review

recommendations are implemented. These additional 

The Group has commenced a project to implement a 

implementation costs are one-off in nature and will be 

new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system, which is 

treated as exceptional.

expected to be operational through 2024. Initial review 

Impairment of intangible and fixed assets

The impact of Covid-19 resulted in a difficult period 

of trade for OoH from 2020 through 2021, with 

many outlets being closed for a prolonged period of 

time. Whilst trade within the hospitality industry has 

costs of £0.3m were incurred in the period. 

Due to the one-off nature of these charges, the Board 

is treating these items as exceptional costs and their 

impact has been removed in all adjusted measures 

throughout this report. 

reopened post the pandemic, the impact of the war 

2021 Exceptional Items

in the Ukraine, and its impact on inflation and cost of 

living pressures have meant that whilst trade within the 

hospitality industry initially returned to pre-Covid levels, 

growth is significantly slower than previously forecast 

in the short term and saw a significant slowdown in Q4 

as inflationary pressures impacted consumers. Certain 

sectors of the hospitality industry, for example Cinema, 

Holiday and Theme Parks where our frozen business 

In the previous year, the Group incurred £39.5m of 

exceptional costs, £38.9m of which was non-cash. 

Following the annual impairment review of the Group’s 

Out of Home cash-generating unit (CGU), the Group 

incurred a non-cash impairment to Goodwill of £36.2m. 

Further detail is provided in note 12.

operates, have seen significant volume decline all year 

The Group continued its work on the review of its UK 

versus pre-pandemic revenues.

operational supply chains and, as a result of this work, 

In line with market expectations, we anticipate that 

incurred £0.6m of costs in the previous year.

growth projections for OoH beyond 2022 will be lower 

As at 31 December 2021, the Group recognised a net 

than previously estimated, given the economic outlook 

liability of £2.6m in relation to the historic incentive 

and change in consumer patterns. 

scheme, being a reasonable estimate of the Group’s 

Whilst cost pressure is expected to be fully recovered 

within OoH, the gross margin progression anticipated 

additional tax liability, interest costs and amounts 

expected to be recovered. 

5. OPERATING PROFIT

Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting): 

2022
£’000

 2021
£’000

Inventory amounts charged to cost of sales

93,905

79,153

BDO LLP remuneration:

Audit services of the Group’s annual accounts

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Charge for equity-settled share-based payments

(Gain)/loss on foreign exchange differences

Fair value loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments (note 22)

Release of contingent consideration on acquisition

Expected credit loss provision (release)/charge (note 17)

162

3,881

3,896

640

349

599

(588)

662

186

3

(365)

110

4,309

-

660

240

272

437

(178)

63

(63)

294

Operating lease rental payments have been included within administrative expenses and represent short-term lease 
expenses.   

6. FINANCE INCOME AND EXPENSE

Finance income comprises: 

Bank interest receivable

Net interest income on defined benefit pension scheme surplus

Finance income

Finance expense comprises:

IFRS 16 interest charge

Finance expense  

Notes

2022
£’000

 2021
£’000

26

24

409

105

514

(134)

(134)

47

10

57

(158)

(158)

134
134

135

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

7. DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES

Group and Parent Company key management personnel compensation

a. Average monthly number of persons employed during the year, including Director

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 

controlling the activities of the Group, including the Directors of the Company listed on page 101.

Group

Parent Company

b. Group employment costs were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs - defined contribution scheme

Pension costs - defined benefit scheme (see note 26)

Equity settled share based payments credit 

c. Parent Company employment costs were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs - defined contribution scheme

Pension costs - defined benefit scheme (see note 26)

Equity settled share based payments charge

2022
£’000

325

282

2022
£’000

13,693

1,813

838

94

599

 2021
£’000

308

274

2021
£’000

 13,290 

 1,388 

 811 

 69 

 272 

Salary

Defined contribution pension costs

Social security costs

2022
£’000

1,571

48

175

1,794

2021
£’000

 1,849 

 42 

 214 

 2,105 

The highest paid director has received £811,000 

There is a share-based payment charge of £98,000 in the 

(2021: £992,000) excluding pension contributions. 

year (2021: £75,000) in relation to executive matching 

Benefits are accruing to 2 Directors (2021: 2 Directors) 

share awards made to 2 Directors.

17,037

 15,830 

under a defined contribution scheme, the highest paid 

A Director has made a gain of £nil (2021: £57,000) on the 

Director has received contributions of £30,000 in the 

exercise of share options during the year.

year (2021: £29,000).

Further information regarding Directors’ remuneration 

Aggregate amounts for loss of office totalled £nil 

and the Incentive Plan is provided in the Remuneration 

(2021: £nil).

Committee Report on pages 90 to 97.

2022
£’000

13,693

1,813

838

94

599

2021
£’000

 13,290 

 1,388 

 811 

 69 

 272 

17,037

 15,830 

A charge of £599,000 (2021: £272,000) was recognised during the year in relation to benefits accruing under the 

Group’s Save As You Earn schemes, Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and Executive share award scheme. 

136
136

137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

8. TAXATION

9. EQUITY DIVIDENDS

a. Analysis of expense recognised in the consolidated income statement

Current taxation:

UK Corporation Tax on income for the year

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax charge for the year

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax charge for the year

2022
£’000

4,403

(177)

4,226

(2,072)

47

(2,025)

 2021
£’000

 3,862 

(58)

3,804

675

33

708

Total tax expense in the consolidated income statement

2,201

4,512

The tax expense is wholly in respect of UK taxation.

b. Tax reconciliation

Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in the United 
Kingdom of 19.00% (2021: 19.00%)

Effect of:

Non-deductible expenses

Other tax adjustments, reliefs and transfers

Other timing differences

Adjustments to the tax charge in respect of prior years

Income not taxable for tax purposes

Impact on deferred tax due to rate change

Amounts relating to other comprehensive income

2022
£’000

 2021
£’000

13,836

(17,656)

2,629

(3,355)

297

65

38

(130)

-

(698)

-

7,402

142

(70)

(25)

(13)

441

(10)

Total tax expense in the consolidated income statement

2,201

4,512

c. The effective rate of tax on adjusted profit before tax is 19.04% (2021: 21.9%) which is higher than the standard 

rate of Corporation Tax in the United Kingdom (19.00%). The effective rate of tax on profit before tax is 15.9% 

(2021: -24.5%) which is lower than this rate.

In May 2021, an amendment to the UK Corporation Tax rate was subsequently enacted to increase the rate of tax 

Interim dividend 12.4p (2021: 9.8p) paid 9 September 2022

Final dividend for 2021 13.3p (2021: 8.8p) paid 5 May 2022

2022
£’000

4,523

4,860

9,383

 2021
£’000

3,619

3,249

6,868

The interim dividend for the prior year of £3,619,000 was paid on 10 September 2021. 

The 2022 final proposed dividend of 15.3p per share has not been accrued as it had not been approved by the year end.

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings/(loss) per share (basic)

Earnings/(loss) per share (diluted)

Adjusted earnings per share (basic) - before exceptional items

Adjusted earnings per share (diluted) - before exceptional items

2022

2021

31.86p

(60.04p)

31.82p

(60.04p)

55.38p

55.32p

46.15p

46.09p

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the Group’s profit after tax for the year by the weighted average 

number of ordinary shares in issue during the financial year. The weighted average number of ordinary shares is 

calculated by adjusting the shares in issue at the beginning of the period by the number of shares bought back or 

issued during the period multiplied by a time-weighting factor. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting 

the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue assuming the conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary 

shares.

2022 
Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares

Earnings 
£’000

Earnings 
per share

Loss
£’000

2021
Weighted 
average 
number 
of shares

Loss per 
share

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

11,635

36,522,645

31.86p

(22,168)

36,919,085

(60.04p)

Dilutive effect of share options

39,639

-

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

11,635

36,562,284

31.82p

(22,168)

36,919,085

(60.04p)

Adjusted earnings per share before exceptional items has been presented in addition to the earnings per share as 

defined in IAS 33 Earnings per share since, in the opinion of the Directors, this provides shareholders with a more 

meaningful representation of the earnings derived from the Group’s operations. It can be reconciled from the basic 

earnings per share as follows:

2022 
Weighted 
average 
number 
of shares

Earnings 
£’000

Earnings 
per share

(Loss)/ 
Earnings 
£’000

2021
Weighted 
average 
number 
of shares

(Loss)/ 
Earnings
per share

from 19% to 25% with effect from 1 April 2023. Deferred tax balances as at 31 December 2022 have been recognised 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

11,635

36,522,645

31.86p

(22,168)

36,919,085

(60.04p)

at 25% (2021: 25%).

Exceptional items after taxation

8,590

39,206

d. In addition to the amount charged to the consolidated income statement, a credit of £459,000 (2021: £962,000 

charge) has been recognised in other comprehensive income/ (expense), being the movement on deferred taxation 

Adjusted earnings per share (basic) 
- before exceptional items

20,225

36,522,645

55.38p

17,038

36,919,085

46.15p

relating to retirement benefit obligations and equity-settled share-based payments.

Dilutive effect of share options

39,639

48,656

Adjusted earnings per share 
(diluted) - before exceptional items

20,225

36,562,284

55.32p

17,038

36,967,741

46.09p

138
138

139

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

11. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2021

Additions

Disposals

Land and
buildings
£’000

3,444

-

-

At 1 January 2022

3,444

Additions

Disposals

-

-

At 31 December 2022

3,444

Depreciation

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

On disposals

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

On disposals

Impairment (see below)

At 31 December 2022

Net book value at 
31 December 2022

Net book value at 
31 December 2021

454

69

-

523

69

-

-

592

2,852

2,921

Plant, machinery
fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
motor vehicles
(note 24)
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
property
(note 24)
£’000

Total
£’000

Parent

Cost

26,727

1,239

(3,191)

24,775

1,245

(599)

25,421

13,188

3,172

(3,126)

13,234

2,886

(413)

3,896

19,603

5,818

11,541

2,977

2,784

35,932

At 1 January 2021

28

-

3,005

114

-

3,119

1,413

684

-

2,097

546

-

-

80

-

1,347

(3,191)

2,864

34,088

463

-

1,822

(599)

3,327

35,311

751

384

15,806

4,309

-

(3,126)

1,135

16,989

380

-

-

3,881

(413)

3,896

2,643

1,515

24,353

476

908

1,812

10,958

1,729

17,099

Additions

Disposals

At 1 January 2022

Additions

At 31 December 2022

Depreciation

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

On disposals

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2022

Net book value at 
31 December 2022

Net book value at 
31 December 2021

Group impairment losses of £3,896,000 in the year (2021: £nil) are within the Out of Home route to market. See note 
14 for further details on the Group’s impairment review.

Plant, machinery
fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
motor vehicles
(note 24)
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
property
(note 24)
£’000

Total
£’000

5,416

472

(242)

5,646

185

5,831

3,921

519

(196)

4,244

445

4,689

1,142

1,402

2,977

1,836

13,673

28

-

3,005

114

3,119

1,413

684

-

2,097

546

2,643

476

908

80

-

580

(242)

1,916

14,011

463

762

2,379

14,773

541

279

-

820

274

1,094

6,329

1,551

(196)

7,684

1,334

9,018

1,285

5,755

1,096

6,327

Land and
buildings
£’000

3,444

-

-

3,444

-

3,444

454

69

-

523

69

592

2,852

2,921

140
140

141

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

12. GOODWILL

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs) 
that are expected to benefit from the business combination according to the level at which management monitor 
that goodwill.

Group

Cost

At 1 January 2021

Impairment (see below)

At 1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022

2021 Impairment Review 

£’000

36,244

(36,244)

-

An annual impairment review was performed on the goodwill (£36.2m) and intangible assets with indefinite lives 

(£2.6m), all of which related the Group’s Out of Home Business. Following the review performed the entire goodwill 

(£36.2m) was impaired. 

13. INVESTMENTS: SHARES IN GROUP UNDERTAKINGS

Parent

Cost and net book amount

At 1 January 2021, 1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022

£’000

16,566

All non-current investments relate to Group undertakings. Listed below are the trading subsidiaries and the 
ownership of their ordinary share capital by the Group. 

Ben Shaws Dispense Drinks Limited*

Dayla Liquid Packing Limited*

Vimto (Out of Home) Limited*

Adrian Mecklenburgh Limited **

Beacon Drinks Limited **

Cabana Soft Drinks Limited **

DJ Drink Solutions Limited **

Festival Drinks Limited **

Nichols Dispense (S.W.) Limited **

The Noisy Drinks Co. Limited **

Dispense Solutions (Wales) Limited***

The Noisy Drink Company North West Limited ****

%

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

* The Company directly owns Ben Shaws Dispense Drinks Limited, Dayla Liquid Packing Limited and Vimto (Out of 
Home) Limited.

** Directly owned by Vimto (Out of Home) Limited.

*** Dispense Solutions (Wales) Limited is directly owned by Nichols Dispense (S.W.) Limited.

**** The shareholding in The Noisy Drink Company North West Limited is directly owned by Vimto (Out of Home) 
Limited. 

142
142

All Group undertakings are consolidated.

The above companies and the Parent Company were all incorporated and operate in the United Kingdom. Particulars 
of non-trading companies are filed with the annual confirmation statement.

All companies in the Group are engaged in the supply of soft drinks and other beverages. 

The registered address of each of the above is Laurel House, Woodlands Park, Ashton Road, Newton-le-Willows, 
WA12 0HH.

14. INTANGIBLES

Group

Cost 

At 1 January 2022 and 
31 December 2022

Amortisation  

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

Impairment (see note 4)

At 31 December 2022

Net book value at 
31 December 2022

Net book value at 
31 December 2021

Parent

Cost 

At 1 January 2022 and 
31 December 2022

Amortisation  

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2022

Net book value at 
31 December 2022

Net book value at
31 December 2021

Contractual 
agreement
£’000

Customer
list
£’000

 180 

 5,521 

Brand 
name
£’000

 3,889 

Computer 
software
£’000

Total
£’000

 170 

 9,760 

69

36

105

36

39

180

-

75

2,155

590

2,745

570

2,206

5,521

1,316

-

1,316

-

2,573

3,889

14

34

48

34

-

82

3,554

660

4,214

640

4,818

9,672

-

-

88

88

2,776

2,573

122

5,546

Brand
name
£’000

 1,316 

Computer 
software
£’000

Total
£’000

 170 

 1,486 

1,316

-

1,316

-

1,316

-

-

14

34

48

34

82

88

122

1,330

34

1,364

34

1,398

88

122

143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

14. INTANGIBLES (CONTINUED)

2022 Impairment Review

Intangible assets which have indefinite useful lives, 

Key assumptions 

A softening of inflationary pressures and improvement 

including the Group’s acquired brands, are subject to 

The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to the 

in material input prices would lead to an improvement 

annual impairment testing or more frequent testing if 

following assumptions: 

there are indicators of impairment. 

•   Revenue growth 

Annual impairment reviews were performed on the 

•   Gross margin 

intangible assets with indefinite lives, all of which relate 

•   Overheads

the Group’s OoH route to market. The value in use 

•   Discount rate 

calculation uses cash flow projections from financial 

•   Growth rate estimates used to extrapolate cash 

budgets approved by management in addition to annual 

   flows beyond the forecast period

growth projections for the next five years and into 

perpetuity.

Revenue growth 

The impact of Covid-19 resulted in a difficult period 

of trade for OoH from 2020 through 2021 with many 

outlets being closed for a prolonged period of time. 

We exit 2022 with a smaller OoH route to market than 

anticipated 12 months ago which in turn is significantly 

smaller than that anticipated pre-pandemic.

Whilst trade within the hospitality industry has now 

The impact of inflation on the UK economy and its 

opened post the pandemic, the impact of the war in the 

resulting cost of living pressure for our consumers 

Ukraine, and its impact on inflation and cost of living 

have meant that, whilst trade within the hospitality 

pressures have meant that, whilst trade within the 

industry initially returned to pre-Covid levels, growth is 

in the gross margin forecast. An increase of 3.3ppts in 

the gross margin by the end of the five year forecast 

period would result in no impairment being required for 

OoH. 

Overheads

Overhead cost estimates have been reviewed and 

increased to reflect both inflationary pressures and 

the cost estimates required to serve the customer 

base given the complexities of the current business 

environment/model.

A reduction in overheads would result in an increase 

in the value in use calculation and thus a reduced 

impairment. A reduction in overheads by 9% at the 

end of the five-year forecast period would result in no 

impairment to OoH.

hospitality industry initially returned to pre-Covid levels, 

significantly slower than previously forecast in the short 

Discount rate 

growth is significantly slower than previously forecast 

term and saw a significant slowdown in Q4 2022. Certain 

in the short term and saw a significant slowdown in Q4 

sectors of the hospitality industry, for example Cinema, 

as inflationary pressures impacted consumers. Certain 

Holiday and Theme Parks where our frozen business 

sectors of the hospitality industry, for example Cinema, 

operates, have seen significant volume decline all year 

Holiday and Theme Parks where our frozen business 

versus pre-pandemic revenues. 

Discount rates represent the current market assessment 

of the risks specific to the OoH CGU, taking into 

consideration the time value of money and risks of the 

underlying assets that have not been incorporated in 

the cash flow estimates. The discount rate calculation 

operates, have seen significant volume decline all year 

versus pre-pandemic revenues.

Whilst we do expect growth to return in the medium 

is based on the specific circumstances of the Group 

term, the short-term impact of events in recent years  

and is derived from its weighted average cost of capital 

Growth projections beyond 2022 are now expected to 

- the pandemic, cost of living pressures, consumer 

(WACC). Adjustments to the discount rate are made to 

be lower than previously estimated given the economic 

spending habits - is significant for the OoH route to 

factor in the specific amount and timing of the future tax 

outlook and change in consumer patterns. 

market. 

flows in order to reflect a pre-tax discount rate.

Whilst cost pressure is expected to be fully recovered 

Within the year-end impairment review revenue growth 

A reduction in the pre-tax discount rate to 8.6% (i.e. 

within OoH, the gross margin progression anticipated 

of 2% has been forecast from year five into perpetuity 

-4.5ppts) would result in no impairment.

previously is not now likely to be achieved despite there 

but before that we see slower growth than anticipated 

being significant opportunities to enhance net margin 

previously. 

Growth rate estimates 

through better alignment of our customer and product 

mix with our cost base. 

A faster rate of recovery would increase the value in use 

calculation and therefore reduce any impairment noted. 

The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash projections 

A year-on-year increase in annual revenue of 3% per 

is 13.1% (2021: 8.2%) and cash flows beyond the five- 

year over the five- year period, starting from year one, 

year period are extrapolated using a 2% growth rate 

would result in no impairment being required for OoH.

(2021: 2%). Based on the review it was concluded that 

the carrying value of the assets were not supported by 

Gross margin 

the value in use calculated. As a result of this analysis, 

Whilst cost pressure is expected to be fully recovered 

management have recognised an impairment charge 

within OoH, the gross margin progression anticipated 

of £8.7m in the current year, £4.8m in relation to the 

previously is now unlikely to be achieved despite there 

intangible assets and £3.9m relating to a proportion 

being significant opportunities to enhance net margin 

of the fixed assets. The impairment charge has been 

through better alignment of our customer and product 

recognised as an exceptional item within these financial 

mix with our cost base. 

statements.

144
144

The long-term growth rate used to extrapolate 

the period of review is based upon management’s 

expectations of the OoH CGUs’ ongoing potential and 

is considered consistent with the drinks hospitality 

industry as a whole. An increase of 5.0ppts from 2% to 

7% growth into perpetuity would be required for there 

to be no impairment.   

145

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

15. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Movement in temporary differences during the year

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

The UK deferred tax balances are measured at 25% (2021: 25%).

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Group

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill and intangibles

Employee benefits

Provisions

Group

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill and intangibles

Employee benefits

Provisions

Parent

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill and intangibles

Employee benefits

Provisions

Parent

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill and intangibles

Employee benefits

Provisions

Net 
balance at 
1 January 
2022
£’000

Arising on
business 
combination
£’000

Recognised
in income
£’000

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
income
£’000

Net 
balance at 
31 December 
2022
£’000

(832)

(1,156)

(1,200)

33

(3,155)

-

-

-

-

-

904

1,323

(210)

9

2,026

-

-

459

-

459

72

167

(951)

42

(670)

Net 
balance at 
1 January 
2021
£’000

Arising on
business 
combination
£’000

Recognised
in income
£’000

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
expense
£’000

Net 
balance at 
31 December 
2021
£’000

(618)

(930)

38

25

(1,485)

-

-

-

-

-

(214)

(226)

(276)

8

(708)

-

-

(962)

-

(962)

(832)

(1,156)

(1,200)

33

(3,155)

Net 
balance at 
1 January 
2022
£’000

Arising on
business 
combination
£’000

Recognised
in income
£’000

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
income
£’000

Net 
balance at 
31 December 
2022
£’000

(138)

167

(1,200)

33

(1,138)

-

-

-

-

-

(120)

-

(210)

9

(321)

-

-

459

-

459

(258)

167

(951)

42

(1,000)

Net 
balance at 
1 January 
2021
£’000

Arising on
business 
combination
£’000

Recognised
in income
£’000

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
expense
£’000

Net 
balance at 
31 December 
2021
£’000

(85)

167

38

25

145

-

-

-

-

-

(53)

-

(276)

8

(321)

-

-

(962)

-

(962)

(138)

167

(1,200)

33

(1,138)

Group

Assets

Liabilities

Net

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill and intangibles

Employee benefits

Provisions

72

167

-

42

281

-

-

-

33

33

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

(832)

(1,156)

-

-

(951)

(1,200)

-

-

2022
£’000

72

167

(951)

42

2021
£’000

(832)

(1,156)

(1,200)

33

(951)

(3,188)

(670)

(3,155)

Parent

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill and intangibles

Employee benefits

Provisions

Assets

Liabilities

Net

2022
£’000

-

167

-

42

209

2021
£’000

-

167

-

33

2022
£’000

(258)

-

2021
£’000

(138)

-

(951)

(1,200)

-

-

2022
£’000

(258)

167

(951)

42

2021
£’000

(138)

167

(1,200)

33

200

(1,209)

(1,338)

(1,000)

(1,138)

16. INVENTORIES

Finished goods

Raw materials

Group

Parent

2022
£’000

8,997

1,435

10,432

2021
£’000

8,375

1,331

9,706

2022
£’000

5,270

598

5,868

2021
£’000

6,067

3

6,070

At the year-end, the Group provision for the write-down of inventories to net realisable value amounted to £306,000 
(2021: £168,000).

146
146

147

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

17. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables

Group

Parent

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021
£’000

35,483

32,584

28,705

25,678

Movements in the expected credit loss allowance are summarised below:

Group

At 1
January 2022
£’000

Charge in 
the year 
£’000

Release in 
the year 
£’000

Utilised 
£’000

At 31 
December 2022
£’000

Expected credit loss provision

956

62

(365)

(98)

555

Group

At 1
January 2021
£’000

Charge in 
the year 
£’000

Release in 
the year 
£’000

Utilised 
£’000

At 31 
December 2021
£’000

Expected credit loss provision

767

294

(65)

(40)

956

Parent

At 1
January 2022
£’000

Charge in 
the year 
£’000

Release in 
the year 
£’000

Utilised 
£’000

At 31 
December 2022
£’000

Expected credit loss provision

204

-

(20)

-

184

Parent

At 1 January 
2021
£’000

Charge in 
the year 
£’000

Release in 
the year 
£’000

Utilised 
£’000

At 31 
December 2021
£’000

Expected credit loss provision

269

-

(65)

-

204

The release of the expected credit loss provision in the year, as shown above, represents cash received against 

previously provided for debts under the expected credit loss model. 

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

(555)

(956)

(204)

Trade receivables - net

34,928

31,628

28,501

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other receivables

Derivative financial instruments - forward contracts (note 22) 

Prepayments

-

2,788

-

1,845

-

12,805

2,294

178

2,024

2,345

-

1,722

(204)

25,474

10,087

2,719

178

1,949

39,561

36,124

45,373

40,407

All amounts above are short-term receivables and are generally non interest bearing. The difference between the 

carrying value and fair value of all receivables is not considered to be material.

All trade receivables have been reviewed under the expected credit loss impairment model and a provision of 

£555,000 (2021: £956,000) has been recorded accordingly.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected 

credit loss provision for trade and other receivables, excluding any reimbursement assets. The expected loss rates 

are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the three year period to the year end. The historic 

loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward looking information on macro economic factors affecting the 

Group’s customers, such as inflation, interest rates and economic growth rates.

An impairment assessment of amounts owed by Group undertakings as at 31 December 2022 was undertaken using 

the IFRS 9 simplified approach. The amounts owed by Group undertakings are readily repayable and therefore no 

impairment is judged to be required (2021: £nil).

The Group's expected credit loss provision was determined as follows: 

31 December 2022

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount

Credit loss allowance

Current

Less than 
30 days past 
due

More than 
30 days past 
due

More than 
60 days past 
due

More than 
90 days past 
due

Total

0.7%

30,390

211

4.1%

3,023

123

0.7%

1,248

9

0.6%

249

2

36.7%

573

210

35,483

555

31 December 2021

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount

Credit loss allowance

Current

Less than 
30 days past 
due

More than 
30 days past 
due

More than 
60 days past 
due

More than 
90 days past 
due

Total

0.8%

27,180

212

9.4%

3,152

295

3.6%

667

24

9.9%

614

61

37.5%

971

364

32,584

956

148
148

149

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

At 1 
January 2022
£’000

Cash flow
£’000

At 31
December 2022 
£’000

20. PROVISIONS

Group

At 1
January 2022
£’000

Charge in 
the year 
£’000

Release in 
the year 
£’000

Utilised 
£’000

At 31 
December 2022
£’000

56,674

(378)

56,296

Historic incentive scheme

4,242

-

-

(4,242)

-

Parent

At 1 
January 2022
£’000

Charge in 
the year 
£’000

Release in 
the year 
£’000

Utilised 
£’000

At 31 
December 2022
£’000

Historic incentive scheme

4,242

-

-

(4,242)

-

The Group has now settled with HMRC the tax and interest charges regarding the historic incentive scheme provided 
for in the prior year annual report (£4.2m). 

Recovery of debts from current and previous management who had indemnified the Company has commenced. 
Included within other receivables is a reimbursement asset in respect of these historic contracts.

21. PRIOR YEAR ACQUISITIONS

2019 Acquisitions 

Adrian Mecklenburgh Limited   

On 1 February 2019, the Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of Adrian Mecklenburgh Limited. 

During the previous year £75,000 was paid in relation to the first stage of contingent consideration. 

During the current year £71,000 was paid representing the third and final stage of contingent consideration and thus 
settling this matter.

18. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Group

Cash at bank and in hand

Parent

Cash at bank and in hand

At 1 
January 2022
£’000

Cash flow
£’000

At 31 
December 2022 
£’000

38,767

9,481

48,248

The Group did not have a bank overdraft during the current and previous year.

19. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other taxes and social security

Other payables

Derivative financial instruments - forward contracts (note 22)

Group

Parent

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021
£’000

11,115

9,210

8,925

7,326

-

1,635

18

151

-

794

75

-

50,264

25,548

382

19

151

392

8

-

Accruals

17,291

17,843

15,274

16,053

IFRS 16 lease liabilities (note 24)

501

869

399

773

30,711

28,791

75,414

50,100

Non-current liabilities

IFRS 16 lease liabilities (note 24)

Group

Parent

2022
£’000

2,038

2,038

2021
£’000

1,954

1,954

2022 
£’000

1,553

1,553

2021
£’000

1,367

1,367

The difference between the carrying value and fair value of all payables is not considered to be material. All payables 
are generally not interest bearing. 

150
150

151

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

22. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Foreign currency sensitivity

Exposure to treasury management, liquidity, credit and currency risks arise in the normal course of the Group’s 
business. 

Treasury management

The Group’s treasury activities are targeted to provide suitable, flexible funding arrangements to satisfy the 

Group’s requirements.  Interest rate and liquidity risk are managed at a Group level. Foreign currency risk is 

managed, in consultation with Group management, in subsidiaries which are responsible for the majority of 

purchases. The Group’s policy for investing any surplus cash balances is to place such amounts on deposit.

Management have undertaken sensitivity analysis to consider the financial impact if Sterling had both strengthened 

and weakened against the US Dollar and the Euro.

If Sterling had strengthened against the US Dollar and Euro by 5% (2021: 5%), then this would have had the following 

impact: 

US Dollar
£’000

(156)

2022
Euro
£’000

(84)

Total
£’000

(240)

US Dollar
£’000

(119)

2021 
Euro
£’000

(161)

Total
£’000

(280)

Liquidity risk

Net result for the year

The Group seeks to manage financial risk to ensure sufficient liquidity is available to meet foreseeable needs. 

The Group does this through the use of rolling cash flow forecasts, which are reviewed periodically. The 

acquisition of companies and the continuing investment in non-current assets will be achieved by a mix of 

operating cash and where required, short term borrowing facilities.

Credit risk

The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk. The Group has implemented stringent policies that 

ensure that credit evaluations are performed on all potential customers before sales commence.  Credit risk is 

managed by limiting the aggregate exposure to any one individual counterparty, taking into account its credit 

rating.  Such counterparty exposures are regularly reviewed and adjusted as necessary. 

If Sterling had weakened against the US Dollar and Euro by 5% (2020: 5%), then this would have had the following 
impact:

Net result for the year

US Dollar
£’000

172

2022
Euro
£’000

93

Total
£’000

265

US Dollar
£’000

132

2021
Euro
£’000

177

Total
£’000

309

Exposures to foreign exchange rates vary during the year depending on the volume of overseas transactions. 
Nonetheless, the analysis above is considered to be representative of the Group’s exposure to currency risk.

The possibility of a material loss arising in the event of non-performance by counterparties is considered to be 

unlikely.  Cash at bank is held only with major UK banks with high quality external credit ratings or government 

Derivative financial instruments 

support.

Foreign currency risk

The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other 

than the functional currency of the Group. The currencies giving rise to this risk are primarily US Dollars (USD) 

and Euros (€).

During 2022 the Group entered into foreign currency transactions resulting in a natural hedge for a large 

majority of the exposure experienced over the course of the year.

To supplement this, and to further reduce foreign currency risk, the Group entered into a number of forward 

contracts to minimise the impact of movements in foreign currency rates on the spot market.

Foreign currency assets

US Dollar

Euro

2022 
£’000

3,267

1,773

5,040

2021
£’000

2,501

3,371

5,872

Derivative financial (liabilities)/assets

Foreign currency forward contracts carried at fair value

2022 
£’000

(151)

2021
£’000

178

In December 2022, the Group entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to manage the foreign currency risk 
associated with anticipated cash inflows in 2023.

The following table details the foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at the year-end: 

Sell EUR - less than 12 months

Sell USD - less than 12 months

Notional value 
in foreign 
currency
(’000)

Notional value 
in local
currency 
(£’000)

Carrying 
amount of 
derivative 
financial asset
(£’000)

 5,800 

 5,000 

 5,037 

 4,067 

(99)

(52)

Forward rate

1.1514

1.2293

Capital management policies and procedures

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern 

while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. This strategy 

remains unchanged from 2021.

At 31 December 2022, the Group had no debt and therefore the capital structure consists of equity only.

As the Group has no debt there is no exposure to interest rate risk. 

152
152

153

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

23. SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES BY CATEGORY

24. LEASES

The IFRS 9 categories of financial assets included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and the 

headings in which they are included are as follows:

Group

Parent

Fair value through 
profit or loss

Amortised 
cost

Fair value through 
profit or loss

Amortised 
cost

Financial assets

Trade receivables and other 
receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021
£’000

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

-

-

-

178

37,716

32,294

-

56,296

56,674

178

94,012

88,968

-

-

-

178

43,651

36,652

-

48,248

38,767

178

91,899

75,419

The IFRS 9 categories of financial liability included in the Statement of Financial Position and the headings in which 
they are included are as follows:

Group

Parent

Fair value through 
profit or loss

Amortised 
cost

Fair value through 
profit or loss

Amortised 
cost

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

3

-

3

67

-

67

11,130

2,539

13,669

12,041

2021
£’000

9,218

2,823

2022
£’000

2021 
£’000

2022 
£’000

2021
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

59,208

32,882

1,952

2,140

61,160

35,022

The following table sets out the Group contractual maturities (representing undiscounted contractual cash-flows) of 
financial liabilities:

At 31 December 2022

Trade and other payables

Total

At 31 December 2021

Trade and other payables

Total

Up to 3 
months  
£’000

 11,133 

 11,133

Up to 3 
months  
£’000

 9,285

 9,285

Between 
3 and 12 
months 
£’000

-

-

Between 
3 and 12 
months 
£’000

-

-

Between 1 
and 2 years 
£’000

Between 2 
and 5 years 
£’000

Over 5 years 
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

Between 1 
and 2 years 
£’000

Between 2 
and 5 years 
£’000

Over 5 years 
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

The contractual maturities of IFRS 16 lease liabilities are disclosed in note 24.

The Group has presented right-of-use assets within property, plant and equipment, with the corresponding liabilities 

presented within trade and other payables split between current and non-current liabilities on the consolidated 

statement of financial position.

The Group has classified the principal and interest portions of lease payments within financing activities on the 

consolidated statement of cash flows. Lease payments for short-term leases and low-value assets are not included in 

the measurement of the lease liability. These are presented within administrative expenses within the consolidated 

income statement and are classified as cash flows from operating activities.

The following tables reconcile the Group’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities to 31 December 2022:

Group

Right-of-use assets

Property 
£'000

Motor
 Vehicles 
£'000

Total 
£'000

Property 
£'000

Parent

Motor
 Vehicles 
£'000

At 1 January 2021

2,033

1,564

3,597

1,295

1,564

Additions

Depreciation 

At 1 January 2022

Additions

Depreciation 

At 31 December 2022 

80

(384)

1,729

463

(380)

1,812

28

108

(684)

(1,068)

908

114

2,637

577

(546)

(926)

476

2,288

80

(279)

1,096

463

(274)

1,285

28

(684)

908

114

(546)

476

Lease liabilities

At 1 January 2021

Additions

Interest expense

Lease payments 

At 1 January 2022

Additions

Interest expense

Lease payments 

Group

Property 
£'000

Motor 
Vehicles 
£'000

Total 
£'000

Property 
£'000

Parent

Motor
 Vehicles 
£'000

2,089

1,657

3,746

1,313

1,657

80

89

(391)

1,867

463

90

28

69

108

158

(798)

(1,189)

956

114

44

2,823

577

134

(420)

(575)

(995)

80

57

(266)

1,184

463

62

(296)

 1,413 

28

69

(798)

(1,064)

956

114

44

(575)

 539 

2,140

577

106

(871)

1,952

At 31 December 2022 

 2,000 

 539 

 2,539 

Total 
£'000

2,859

108

(963)

2,004

577

(820)

1,761

Total 
£'000

2,970

108

126

154
154

155

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

24. LEASES (CONTINUED)

The following table sets out the Group maturities of IFRS 16 lease liabilities based on the contractual 

The following table reconciles the changes in IFRS 16 liabilities from financing activities during the year to 31 

undiscounted cash flows:

Group

At 31 December 2022

Lease liabilities 

Parent

At 31 December 2022

Lease liabilities 

Group

At 31 December 2021

Lease liabilities 

Parent

At 31 December 2021

Lease liabilities 

Up to 3 
months  
£’000

 229 

Up to 3 
months  
£’000

 198 

Up to 3 
months  
£’000

 273 

Up to 3 
months  
£’000

 242 

Between 
3 and 12 
months 
£’000

Between 1 
and 2 years 
£’000

Between 2 
and 5 years 
£’000

Over 5 years 
£’000

 570 

 559 

 1,118 

 220 

Between 
3 and 12 
months 
£’000

Between 1 
and 2 years 
£’000

Between 2 
and 5 years 
£’000

Over 5 years 
£’000

 477 

 426 

 720 

 220 

Between 
3 and 12 
months 
£’000

Between 1 
and 2 years 
£’000

Between 2 
and 5 years 
£’000

Over 5 years 
£’000

 641 

 672 

 1,009 

 453 

Between 
3 and 12 
months 
£’000

Between 1 
and 2 years 
£’000

Between 2 
and 5 years 
£’000

Over 5 years 
£’000

 623 

 548 

 611 

 321 

December 2022:

Group

Parent

Current 
loans and 
borrowings  
£’000 
(note 19)

Non-current 
loans and 
borrowings  
£’000 
(note 19)

Total 
£'000

Current 
loans and 
borrowings  
£’000 
(note 19)

Non-current 
loans and 
borrowings  
£’000 
(note 19)

Total 
£'000

2,724

3,746

-

-

63

(833)

(1,189)

158

108

-

1,954

2,823

 -   

(995)

 -   

372

(288)

134

577

 -   

2,038

2,539

930

(1,064)

126

45

736

773

(871)

106

205

185

398

2,040

2,970

-

-

63

(736)

(1,064)

126

108

-

1,367

2,140

 -   

(871)

 -   

372

(185)

106

577

 -   

1,554

1,952

At 1 January 2021

Cash Flows

Non-cash flows

- interest paid

- lease additions

- transfers

At 1 January 2022

Cash Flows

Non-cash flows

- interest paid

- lease additions

- transfers

At 31 December 2022 

1,022

(1,189)

158

45

833

869

(995)

134

205

288

501

25. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Parent Company

Lease payments incurred for short-term leases not included in the measurement of lease liabilities under IFRS 16 

The Parent Company entered into the following transactions with subsidiaries during the year:

were as follows:

Short-term lease expense 

2022

2021

Group  
£’000

349

Parent 
£’000

349

Group  
£’000

240

Parent 
£’000

240

Sale of goods and services (including recharge of costs)

Transaction value
Year ended 31 December 

Balance outstanding
as at 31 December

2022
£’000

1,403

2021
£’000

1,039

2022
£’000

(37)

2021
£’000

959

All sales noted above with the related parties are conducted in line with similar transactions with external parties.

Details of key management personnel compensation have been disclosed in note 7. No other transactions were 

entered into with key management personnel in the year.

Two family members of the Non-Executive Chairman are employed in management roles within the business. The 

total remuneration paid in the year was £258,000 (2021: £262,000).

156
156

157

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

26. PENSION OBLIGATIONS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Defined benefit obligation

The Group operates two employee benefit plans: a defined benefit plan that provides benefits based on final salary, 

which is now closed to new members, and a defined contribution group personal plan.

The Group personal plan consists of individual contracts with contributions from both the employer and employee. 

The charge for the year for the Group personal plan was £838,000 (2021: £811,000).

The Company operates a defined benefit plan in the UK. A full actuarial valuation was carried out on 5 April 2020 and 

approximately updated to 31 December 2022 by an independent qualified actuary.

The assets of the defined benefit plan are managed by a pension fund that is legally separated from the Group. 

Governance of the plan is the responsibility of appointed trustees, acting on professional advice.

The plan is exposed to a number of risks, including changes to long term UK interest rates and inflation expectations, 

movements in global investment markets, changes in UK life expectancies and regulatory risk from changes in UK 

pension legislation. 

Interest rate risk

Longevity risk

The present value of the defined benefit liability 

The Group is required to provide benefits for life for the 

is calculated using a discount rate determined by 

members of the defined benefit liability. Increases in the 

reference to market yields of high quality corporate 

life expectancy of the members will increase the defined 

bonds. The estimated term of the bonds is consistent 

benefit liability.

with the estimated term of the defined benefit 

obligation and it is denominated in sterling. A decrease 

Inflation risk

in market yield on high quality corporate bonds will 

A significant proportion of the defined benefit liability is 

The details of the Group’s defined benefit obligation are as follows:

Opening defined benefit obligation

Current service cost (Company only)

Interest cost

Actual contributions paid by plan participants

Experience adjustment

Actuarial gains from changes in financial assumptions

Actuarial losses/(gains) from changes in demographic assumptions

Benefits paid - including insurance premiums

Closing defined benefit obligation

31 December 2022 
£’000

31 December 2021 
£’000

27,620

30,536

25

502

3

320

(8,951)

159

(990)

18,688

26

390

3

-

(1,910)

(331)

(1,094)

27,620

Defined benefit plan assets

The reconciliation of the balance of the assets held for the Group’s defined benefit plan is presented below:

increase the Group’s defined benefit liability, although 

linked to inflation. An increase in the inflation rate will 

Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest)

it is expected that this would be offset partially by an 

increase the Group’s liability. A portion of the plan assets 

increase in the fair value of the plan assets.

are inflation-linked debt securities, which will mitigate 

Investment risk

The plan assets at 31 December 2022 are predominantly 

credit, liability driven investments and bonds.

some of the effects of inflation.

A reconciliation of the pension obligation and plan 

assets to the amounts presented in the statement of 

financial position for 2022 and 2021 is shown below. 

Contributions paid by the employer

Actual contributions paid by plan participants

Benefits paid

Expenses paid

Fair value of plan assets at end of accounting period

Fair value of plan assets at start of accounting period

Interest income

31 December 2022 
£’000

31 December 2021 
£’000

32,896

607

(10,543)

909

3

(990)

(69)

22,813

30,883

400

1,842

905

3

(1,094)

(43)

32,896

Present value of funded obligations

Fair value of plan assets

Surplus in the plan

Related deferred tax liability

Net surplus recognised

31 December 2022 
£’000

31 December 2021
£’000

(18,688)

22,813

4,125

(1,031)

3,094

(27,620)

32,896

5,276

(1,319)

3,957

158
158

The actual return on plan assets was a loss of £9,936,000 (2021: gain of £2,242,000). 

Plan assets do not comprise any of the Group’s own financial instruments or any assets used by Group companies.

The fair value of the scheme assets in each category has been summarised below.

The major categories of plan assets measured at fair value are:

31 December 2022 
£’000

31 December 2021
£’000

Equities

Credit

Liability driven investments

Absolute return bonds

Other, including cash

-

13,592

6,749

1,031

166

21,538

3,455

13,664

6,865

7,267

295

31,546

159

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

26. PENSION OBLIGATIONS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

Defined benefit plan expenses (continued)

Defined benefit plan assets (continued)

Remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income/(expense) relating to the Group’s defined 

With the agreement of Trustees, the Scheme fully disinvested from the L&G Managed Property Fund in October 

2021, following a period of high interest rates, to increase liquidity and reduce investment risk to target levels.

benefit plan are as follows:

Assets included which do not have a quoted market value:

Property

31 December 2022
£’000

31 December 2021 
£’000

1,275

1,350

The fair value of the property was revalued as at 31 December 2022, in-line with the standards of IFRS 13, by Jones 

Lang LaSalle who are independent RICS valuers.

The significant actuarial assumptions used for the valuations are as follows:

Future salary increases

Rate of increase in (post 1997) pensions in payment (a)

Discount rate at 31 December

Expected rate of inflation - RPI

31 December 
2022

31 December
2021

3.25%

3.60%

4.75%

3.25%

3.40%

3.40%

1.85%

3.40%

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on the advice of actuaries and in accordance with 

published statistics. For members not yet retired, life expectancies have been estimated as 88 years for men (2021: 

88 years) and 90 years for women (2021: 90 years). For pensioners currently aged 65, life expectancies have been 

estimated as 86 years for men (2021: 86 years) and 88 years for women (2021: 89 years). 

a) Increases on pre-6 April 1997 pensions are fixed at 3% per annum. Post-6 April 1997 increases are in line with 

consumer price inflation, subject to a minimum of 3% and a maximum of 5%.

Over the year the Company contributed to the plan at the rate of 46.3% of salaries. The Company will continue to 

contribute at this rate pending the results of the next actuarial valuation. The plan is now closed to new entrants. 

This means that the average age of the membership can be expected to rise which in turn means that the future 

service cost (as a percentage of scheme members’ pensionable salaries) can be expected to rise. 

Defined benefit plan expenses

Amounts recognised in profit or loss are:

Current service cost (Company)

Net interest (on net defined benefit asset)

Scheme administration expenses

Total amount recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement

31 December 
2022 
£’000

31 December
2021 
£’000

25

(105)

69

(11)

26

(10)

43

59

The current cost is included in employee benefits expense and the net interest credit is included within interest 

receivable. 

160
160

Actuarial (losses)/gains on assets

Experience adjustment

Actuarial gains from changes in financial assumptions

Changes in demographic assumptions

Total (loss)/gain recognised in other comprehensive income/(expense)

31 December 
2022 
£’000

31 December 
2021 
£’000

(10,543)

(320)

8,951

(159)

(2,071)

1,842

-

1,910

331

4,083

Other defined benefit plan information

Employees of the Group are required to contribute a fixed 6% of their pensionable salary.

The remaining contribution is partly funded by the Group’s subsidiaries. The funding requirements are based 

on the pension funds actuarial measurement framework as set out in the funding policies.

Based on historical data, the Group expects contributions of £nil to be paid in 2023.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at 31 December 2022 is 13 years

(2021: 17 years).

The significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligation are the discount 

rate, the inflation assumption and life expectancy. The calculation of the net defined benefit liability is sensitive 

to these assumptions. The table below summarises the sensitivity of a reasonably possible change to one 

significant actuarial assumption, holding all other assumptions constant, on the obligation.

31 December 
2022 
£’000

31 December 
2022 
%

31 December 
2021
£'000 

31 December 
2021
% 

Increase in discount rate by 0.5%

Increase in price inflation adjustment by 0.5%

1 year increase in life expectancy

(1,128)

324

761

-6.04%

1.73%

4.07%

(1,985)

646

1,467

-7.00%

2.00%

5.00%

The sensitivities may not be representative of the actual change in the present value of the scheme obligation, as 
it is unlikely that the change in assumptions would occur in isolation of each other, as the assumptions may be 
linked.

The method and assumptions used in this analysis have been reviewed and remain unchanged from the prior 
year. 

161

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

27. AUDIT EXEMPTION STATEMENT

Under section 479A of the Companies Act 2006, the Group is claiming exemption from audit for the subsidiary 

companies listed below.

The parent undertaking, Nichols plc (registered number 00238303), guarantees all outstanding liabilities to 

which the subsidiary company is subject at the end of the financial year (being the year ended 

The Buyback was purposed to meet the Group’s 

average price paid was 1428.18 pence and the total 

future obligations under its SAYE Option Scheme 

cost of the Buyback in the period was £5.5m.

and/or Long-Term Incentive Plan. The Buyback was 

completed on 5 April 2022 and was funded from the 

Group’s existing cash resources. All Ordinary Shares 

The total number of shares held in Treasury as at

31 December 2022 is 493,150.

31 December 2022 for each company unless otherwise stated). The guarantee is enforceable against the parent 

repurchased are now held in treasury. The weighted 

undertaking by any person to whom the subsidiary company is liable in respect of those liabilities.

Company Number

29. EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEMES 

Adrian Mecklenburgh Limited

Beacon Drinks Limited

Ben Shaws Dispense Drinks Limited

Cabana Soft Drinks Limited

Dayla Liquid Packing Limited

Dispense Solutions (Wales) Limited (year ended 30 September 2022)

DJ Drink Solutions Limited (year ended 31 May 2022)

Festival Drinks Limited

Nichols Dispense (S.W.) Limited

The Noisy Drink Company North West Limited

The Noisy Drinks Co. Limited

Vimto (Out of Home) Limited

28. SHARE CAPITAL

01481282

01732905

00231218

00938594

00603111

08671127

05787898

01256006

08766560

05024347

05905631

08795779

Allotted, issued and fully paid 36,968,772 (2020: 36,968,772) 10p ordinary shares

2022 
£’000

3,697

2021 
£’000

3,697

The share capital of Nichols plc consists of ordinary 

During 2022, the Group repurchased 385,486 

10p shares. All shares are equally eligible to receive 

Ordinary shares under this authority, which is due 

dividends and the repayment of capital and represent 

to expire at the AGM to be held on 26 April 2023. 

The Group operates three equity-settled share-based payment schemes; a Save As You Earn (SAYE) scheme 
open to all employees; a Hybrid Incentive Plan for certain Directors and Senior Executives (replacing the 
previous year’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)) and an Executive share award scheme for certain Directors and 
Senior executives. All schemes comprise the grant of options under the Group’s share option schemes.

LTIP

Awards made under the LTIP vest provided the participant remains under employment within the 3-year vesting 
period and based on the performance of the Group against Adjusted Profit Before Tax growth targets. Awards 
made under the LTIP have a £nil exercise price. There were no LTIPs granted during the year.

The weighted average fair value of LTIP awards at their grant date in previous years are set out below. The fair 
value is calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

Awards

Share price
on grant 
date
 £

Expected 
dividend 
yield

Risk free 
rate

Volatility

Fair value 
per award 
£

2019 LTIP

47,245

17.67

1.92%

1.80%

17.70%

16.68

The movement of outstanding LTIP awards during the year is also set out below.

Awards 
outstanding at 
1 January 2022

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

Awards 
outstanding at
31 December 2022

2019 LTIP

23,352

-

-

(23,352)

-

Of the total number of options outstanding at 31 December 2022, nil (2021: nil) had vested and were exercisable.

one vote at shareholders’ meetings.

The Group, therefore, has an unexpired authority 

The weighted average remaining life of LTIP awards at 31 December 2022 is nil years.

There were no movements in the Group’s authorised 

and allotted, issued and fully paid share capital for 

to purchase up to 3,175,391 Ordinary shares with a 

nominal value of £317,539. 

The 2019 LTIP award didn’t vest based on performance against the agreed targets between 1 January 2019 and 
31 December 2021. 

the financial years ending 31 December 2022 and 31 

On 14 December 2021, the Group announced its 

December 2021.

plans to conduct on-market purchases under a share 

Hybrid Incentive Plan 

At the Company’s AGM held on 27 April 2022, the 

Group was, generally and unconditionally, authorised 

by its shareholders to make market purchases (within 

the meaning of section 693 of the Companies Act 

2006) of up to a maximum of 3,696,877 of its Ordinary 

buyback programme. This included the intention to 

During 2021 the Group introduced a Hybrid Incentive Plan to replace the existing LTIP.  A combination of 

repurchase up to 453,486 ordinary shares of 10p each 

financial and non-financial measures and targets are set annually with outcomes determined by performance 

in the capital of the Group (the “Ordinary Shares”), 

against this scorecard.  Awards made under the Hybrid Incentive Plan vest provided the participant remains 

representing up to approximately 1.2 per cent of the 

under employment within the 2-year vesting period following the award. Awards made under the Hybrid 

Group’s issued share capital.

Incentive plan have a £nil exercise price. 

shares. 

162
162

The weighted average fair value of Hybrid Incentive Plan awards at their grant date in previous years are set out 

on the next page. The fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. 

163

 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

29. EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEMES  (CONTINUED)

Hybrid Incentive Plan (continued)

Awards

Share price
on grant 
date
 £

Expected 
dividend 
yield

Risk free 
rate

Volatility

Fair value 
per award 
£

2021 Hybrid incentive plan

58,550

13.63

1.50%

1.30%

49.10%

13.22

The movement of outstanding Hybrid Incentive Plan awards during the year is also set out below.

Awards 
outstanding at 
1 January 2022

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

Awards 
outstanding at
31 December 2022

2021 Hybrid incentive plan

-

58,550

-

(4,173)

54,377

Of the total number of options outstanding at 31 December 2022, nil had vested and were exercisable.

The weighted average remaining life of LTIP awards at 31 December 2022 is 1.0 years. 

SAYE

The Group’s SAYE scheme is open to all employees. To participate in the scheme, the employees are required to 

save an amount of their gross monthly salary, for a period of 36 or 60 months. At the end of the 36 or 60-month 

period the employees are entitled to purchase shares using funds saved at a price of 20% below the market 

price at grant date. Only employees that remain in service and save the required amount of their gross monthly 

salary for 36 or 60 consecutive months will become entitled to purchase the shares.

The weighted average fair value of SAYE options at their grant date in previous years are set out opposite. The 

fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

The movement of outstanding SAYE options during the year is also set out opposite.

The weighted average remaining life of SAYE awards at 31 December 2022 is 1.4 years. Volatility has been 

determined using statistical analysis of the Group’s share price over a 3 or 5 year period preceding the grant 

date. The share price on the vesting date of the awards vested in the year was £12.80.

SAYE (CONTINUED)

2017 5 year

2018 5 year

2019 3 year

2019 5 year

Options

7,339

4,035

27,789

6,304

2020 3 year

103,095

2020 5 year

2021 3 year

2021 5 year

2022 3 year

2022 5 year 

15,014

29,098

5,967

33,545

4,197

Exercise 
price per 
option
£

Share 
price on 
grant 
date
£

Expected 
dividend 
yield

Risk free 
rate

Volatility

Fair value 
per option
£

14.57

12.25

12.84

12.84

7.93

7.93

10.15

10.15

10.79

10.79

19.20

14.28

16.90

16.90

11.35

11.35

13.95

13.95

13.70

13.70

1.93%

1.87%

1.87%

1.87%

1.87%

1.87%

2.70%

2.70%

1.50%

1.50%

0.51%

1.12%

0.79%

0.91%

0.09%

0.09%

0.19%

0.40%

1.54%

1.58%

21.50%

23.40%

25.50%

25.40%

31.30%

31.30%

44.60%

37.50%

47.66%

41.00%

1.95

2.86

2.29

2.19

3.33

4.14

4.50

4.33

4.76

4.96

2017 5 year

2018 5 year

2019 3 year

2019 5 year

2020 3 year

2020 5 year

2021 3 year

2021 5 year

2022 3 year

2022 5 year

Options 
outstanding  at
1 January 2022

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

Options 
outstanding at 
31 December 2022

1,334

1,882

12,336

2,146

88,176

15,014

28,939

5,967

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

33,545

4,197

-

-

(1,334)

(489)

(38)

(12,298)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(700)

(5,271)

-

(5,911)

(591)

(3,726)

(2,529)

-

1,393

-

1,446

82,905

15,014

23,028

5,376

29,819

1,668

164
164

165

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

UNAUDITED FIVE YEAR SUMMARY - YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

29. EMPLOYEE SHARE SCHEMES (CONTINUED) 

Executive matching share awards

On 18 December 2020 the Group made awards of 17,402 share options to two Executive Directors. The awards, 

equal to 50% of their annual salaries at the date of award, will vest on the third anniversary based on the 

number of Ordinary Shares purchased and retained by the Directors over the vesting period of the award. The 

awards will be matched on a 1:1 basis for every Ordinary Share purchased. No other performance conditions 

apply. 

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Exceptional items

Operating profit/(loss)

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

2018 
£’000

164,926

144,328

118,657

146,985

142,037

24,602

21,922

(11,146)

(39,477)

11,654

(5,074)

32,439

31,638

-

-

13,456

(17,555)

6,580

32,439

31,638

Awards

Share price 
on grant 
date

Expected 
dividend 
yield

Risk free 
rate

Volatility

Fair value 
per award
£

Net finance income/(expense)

380

(101)

(40)

(17)

115

Profit/(loss) before taxation

13,836

(17,656)

6,540

32,242

31,753

2020 Executive share awards

17,402

14.08

2.70%

-0.07%

42.40%

12.98

Taxation

(2,201)

(4,512)

(1,686)

Profit/(loss) after taxation

11,635

(22,168)

4,854

(5,587)

26,835

(6,238)

25,515

Awards 
outstanding at 
1 January 2022 Granted Exercised

Lapsed

Awards 
outstanding at
31 December 2022

2020 Executive share awards

17,402

-

-

-

17,402

The remaining life of Executive share awards at 31 December 2022 is 1.0 years.

Volatility has been determined using statistical analysis of the Group’s share price over a 3-year period 
preceding the grant date. 

The equity-settled share-based payment charge recognised in the year is as follows:

SAYE

Hybrid Incentive Plan

Executive share awards

Total charge

2022 
£’000

194

307

98

599

2021
£’000

197

-

75

272

Dividends paid

(9,383)

(6,868)

(10,338)

(14,466)

(12,803)

Retained earnings movement

(4,894)

(29,036)

(5,484)

12,189

12,712

Earnings/(loss) per share - (basic)

31.86p

(60.04p)

13.14p

72.81p

69.23p

Earnings/(loss) - (diluted)

31.82p

(60.04p)

13.13p

72.77p

69.19p

Earnings per share - (basic) before 
exceptional items

Earnings per share - (diluted) before 
exceptional items

55.38p

46.15p

25.56p

72.81p

69.23p

55.32p

46.09p

25.54p

72.77p

69.19p

Dividends paid per share

25.70p

13.3p

28.0p

39.2p

34.7p

166
166

167

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 2023

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 2023

Notice is hereby given that the thirty-first Annual 

of the next annual general meeting of the 

14. 

That if resolution 12 is passed the Directors

immediately preceding the day on which the 

General Meeting (the ‘AGM’) of Nichols plc (the 

Company after the passing of this resolution 

be authorized in addition to any authority

purchase is made, and (unless previously 

‘Company’) will be held at Nichols plc, Laurel House, 

or on 26 July 2024 (whichever is the earlier), 

granted under resolution 13 to allot equity 

revoked, varied or renewed) this authority shall

Woodlands Park, Ashton Road, Newton-le-Willows, 

save that the Company may make an offer  

securities (as defined in the Companies Act 

expire at the conclusion of the next annual

Merseyside, WA12 0HH on Wednesday 26 April 2023 at 

or agreement before this authority expires 

2006) for cash under the authority given by 

general meeting of the Company after

11.00 a.m for the following purposes: 

which would or might require shares to be 

that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares

the passing of this resolution or on 26 July

To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following 

resolutions as ordinary resolutions:

allotted or rights to subscribe for or to convert 

any security into shares to be granted after this 

authority expires and the Directors may allot 

held by the Company as treasury shares for 

2024 (whichever is the earlier), save that the 

cash as if section 561 of the Companies Act 

Company may enter into a contract to purchase

2006 did not apply to any such allotment or

Shares before this authority expires under 

1. 

To receive the Company’s annual accounts,

shares or grant such rights pursuant to any 

sale, such authority to be limited to the 

which such purchase will or may be completed

strategic report and directors’ and auditors’ 

such offer or agreement as if this authority 

allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury

or executed wholly or partly after this authority

reports for the year ended 31 December 2022.

had not expired. This authority is in 

shares up to a nominal amount of £364,756.20

expires and may make a purchase of Shares

such authority to be used only for the purposes

pursuant to any such contract as if this 

of financing (or refinancing, if the authority 

authority had not expired.

is to be used within 12 months after the 

original transaction) a transaction which the 

Board of the Company determines to be either

By order of the Board

an acquisition or a specified capital investment

of a kind contemplated by the Statement of 

Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights 

most recently published by the Pre-Emption 

Group prior to the date of this notice; and  

such authority to expire at the end of the next 

AGM of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close

of business on 26 July 2024 but, in each case, 

David Rattigan
Secretary
28 February 2023

prior to its expiry the Company may make 

offers, and enter into agreements, which  

would, or might, require equity securities to

be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) 

after the authority expires and the Board may

allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) 

under any such offer or agreement as if the 

Registered Office, Laurel House, Woodlands Park, 
Ashton Road, Newton-le-Willows, WA12 0HH.

Registered in England and Wales No. 00238303.

2. 

To declare a final dividend for the year ended

31 December 2022 of 15.3 pence per ordinary 

share of £0.10 in the capital of the Company, to

be paid on 4 May 2023 to shareholders whose  

substitution for all existing authorities under 

section 551 of the Act (which, to the extent 

unused at the date of this resolution, are 

revoked with immediate effect).

names appear on the register of members at

To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following 

the close of business on 24 March 2023.

resolutions as special resolutions:

3. 

To re-elect John Nichols as a Director of the

13. 

That, subject to the passing of resolution

12 being passed, the Directors be authorised

to allot equity securities (as defined in the 

Companies Act 2006) for cash under the 

authority given by that resolution and/or to 

sell ordinary shares held by the Company 

as treasury shares for cash as if section 

561 of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply 

to any such allotment or sale, such authority to 

be limited:

(A) 

to allotments for rights issues and other 

pre-emptive issues; and

Company.

4. 

To re-elect Andrew Milne as a Director of the

Company.

5.  

To re-elect David Rattigan as a Director of the

Company.

6. 

To re-elect John Gittins, as a Director of the

Company.

7. 

To re-elect Helen Keays, as a Director of the

Company.

8. 

To re-elect James Nichols, as a Director of the

Company.

9. 

To elect Elizabeth McMeikan, as a Director of 

the Company.

10. 

To reappoint BDO LLP as auditors of the

Company.

11. 

To authorise the Directors to determine the

 remuneration of the auditors.

12. 

That, pursuant to section 551 of the Companies

Act 2006 (‘Act’), the Directors be and are 

generally and unconditionally authorised to

allot shares in the Company or to grant rights

to subscribe for or to convert any security into 

shares in the Company up to an aggregate 

nominal amount of £1,232,292.40 (representing

one third of the existing issued ordinary share

capital of the Company), provided  that, (unless

previously revoked, varied or renewed) 

this authority shall expire at the conclusion 

(B) 

to the allotment of equity securities or sale of

authority had not expired. 

treasury shares (otherwise than under 

paragraph (A) above) up to a nominal amount

of £364,756.20 this power shall expire at the

conclusion of the next annual general meeting

of the Company after the passing of this

resolution or on 26 July 2024 (whichever is the

earlier), save that the Company may make an

offer or agreement before this power expires

15. 

That, pursuant to section 701 of the Companies

 Act 2006 (‘Act’), the Company be and is 

generally and unconditionally authorised 

to make market purchases (within the meaning

of section 693(4) of the Act) of  ordinary shares

of 10p each in the capital of the Company 

(‘Shares’), provided that:

which would or might require equity securities 

15.1 

the maximum aggregate number of Shares 

to be allotted or treasury shares to be sold for

cash after this power expires and the Directors

may allot equity securities or sell treasury

shares for cash pursuant to any such offer

which may be purchased is 3,647,562:

15.2 

the minimum price (excluding expenses) which

may be paid for a Share is 10p; and

or agreement as if this power had not expired.

15.3 

the maximum price (excluding expenses) which

This power is in substitution for all existing

powers under sections 570 and 573 of the

Act (which, to the extent unused at the date of

this resolution, are revoked with immediate

effect).

may be paid for a Share is an amount equal 

to 105 per cent of the average of the middle

market quotations for a Share as derived from

the Daily Official List of the London Stock

Exchange plc for the five business days  

168

169

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 2023

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 2023

EXPLANATORY NOTES ON THE RESOLUTIONS

to discharge their duties effectively, taking into 

respect of allotments of shares and other equity 

authority granted last year and would expire at 

account their other commitments.

securities (and sales of treasury shares for cash) 

the end of the 2024 AGM, or if earlier, at close of 

Resolutions 1 to 12 (inclusive) are ordinary 

resolutions; resolutions 13, 14 and 15 are special 

Appointment of the auditor

resolutions. To be passed, ordinary resolutions 

require more than 50% of votes cast to be in favour 

of the resolution whilst special resolutions require 

at least 75% of the votes cast to be in favour of the 

resolution. Votes withheld do not count towards the 

total votes cast for or against a resolution.

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

To receive the Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Resolution 1 is a standard resolution. The 

Companies Act 2006 requires the Directors to lay 

The auditor of a company must be appointed or 

re-appointed at each general meeting at which the 

accounts are laid before shareholders. Resolution 

10 seeks approval to appoint BDO LLP as the 

Company’s auditor. 

Remuneration of the auditor

Resolution 11 seeks consent for the Directors to 

determine the remuneration of the auditor.

Directors’ authority to allot shares

before the Company in a general meeting copies 

Resolution 12 seeks consent for shareholders to 

of the Company’s annual accounts, the Directors’ 

grant the Directors authority to allot shares or 

report and the auditor’s report on those accounts. 

grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities 

The Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 

into shares, up to an aggregate nominal value of 

31 December 2022 along with a copy of the AGM 

£1,232,292.40, which is approximately one-third 

notice will be available online at 

of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share 

www.nicholsplc.co.uk

Final dividend

capital of the Company as at 8 March 2023, being 

the latest practicable date prior to the publication 

of this notice.  The authority will expire at the 

In Resolution 2 the Directors are recommending 

next AGM of the Company or if earlier, at close of 

the payment of a final dividend of 15.3 pence 

business on 26 July 2024. The Directors have no 

per ordinary share in respect of the year ended 

current intention of exercising such authority and 

31 December 2022. If approved at the AGM, the 

will exercise this power only when they believe 

dividend will be paid on 4 May 2023 to shareholders 

that such exercise is in the best interests of the 

who are on the Register of Members at the close of 

shareholders.

business on 24 March 2023.

Election and re-election of directors

Dis-application of pre-emption rights

Special resolution 13 if passed would grant the 

In line with the practice adopted by the Company 

Directors authority to allot securities of the 

in previous years, all Directors will be standing for 

Company up to a specified amount in connection 

election. Resolutions 3 to 8 seek approval for the re-

with rights issues without having to obtain prior 

election of those Directors who were in office during 

approval from the shareholders on each occasion 

the year ended 31 December 2022.  Resolution 9 

and also to allot a certain number of securities 

deals with the election of Elizabeth McMeikan who 

for cash without first being required to offer such 

was appointed as a director of the Company on 1 

shares to existing shareholders. The proposed 

February 2023. Biographical information is provided 

disapplication of pre-emption rights will mean that 

on pages 76 to 77  of the Annual Report and 

the number of Ordinary Shares which may be issued 

representing no more than an additional 10% of 

business on 26 July 2024. In reaching a decision to 

issued ordinary share capital (exclusive of treasury 

purchase ordinary shares, the Directors will take 

shares), to be used only in connection with an 

account of the Company’s cash resources and 

acquisition or specified capital investment. The 

capital and the general effect of such purchase on 

Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles defines 

the Company’s business. The authority would only 

‘specified capital investment’ as meaning one or 

be exercised by the Directors if they considered 

more specific capital investment related uses for 

it to be in the best interests of the shareholders 

the proceeds of an issuance of equity securities, in 

generally and if the purchase could be expected to 

respect of which sufficient information regarding 

result in an increase in earnings per ordinary share.

the effect of the transaction on the Company, the 

assets that are the subject of the transaction and 

(where appropriate) the profits attributable to them 

is made available to shareholders to enable them to 

reach an assessment of the potential return.

Accordingly, and in line with the template 

resolutions published by the Pre-Emption Group, 

resolution 14 seeks to authorise the Directors 

to allot new shares and other equity securities 

pursuant to the authority given by resolution 12, or 

sell treasury shares, for cash up to a further nominal 

amount of £364,756.20, being approximately 10% 

of the total issued ordinary share capital of the 

Company as at 8 March 2023, only in connection 

with an acquisition or specified capital investment 

which is announced contemporaneously with 

the allotment, or which has taken place in the 

preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the 

announcement of the issue. If the authority given 

in resolution 14 is used, the Company will publish 

details of the placing in its next Annual Report. If 

these resolutions are passed, the authorities will 

expire at the end of the 2024 AGM or at close of 

business on 26 July 2024, whichever is the earlier.

The Board considers the authorities in resolutions 

13 and 14 to be appropriate in order to allow 

the Company flexibility to finance business 

opportunities or to conduct a rights issue or other 

pre-emptive offer without the need to comply with 

the strict requirements of the statutory pre-emption 

Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2022 for 

for cash without first being required to offer such 

provisions. 

each of the current directors. 

shares to existing shareholders will not exceed 

The Board has no hesitation in recommending the 

election of the Directors to shareholders. In making 

these recommendations, the Board confirms that 

it has given careful consideration to the Board’s 

3,647,562 Ordinary Shares, being approximately 

10 per cent. of the issued ordinary share capital of 

the Company as at 8 March 2023, excluding those 

shares held in treasury. 

balance of skills, knowledge and experience and 

The Pre-Emption Group Statement of Principles 

is satisfied that each of the Directors putting 

2022 issued on 4 November 2022 supports the 

themselves forward for election has sufficient time 

annual disapplication of pre-emption rights in 

Authority to purchase own shares

Resolution 15 seeks authority for the Company to 

make market purchases of its own ordinary shares 

up to a maximum number of 3,647,562 ordinary 

shares, representing approximately 10% of the 

issued ordinary share capital at 8 March 2023. 

The authority requested would replace a similar 

170

171

GENERAL NOTES

GENERAL NOTES

1.  Entitlement to attend and vote

• 

Register your vote online through our  

The right to vote at the meeting is determined

by reference to the register of members.  Only

those shareholders registered in the register of

  members of the Company as at close of business

on Monday 24 April 2023 (or, if the meeting is

adjourned, close of business on the date which

is two working days before the date of the 

adjourned meeting) shall be entitled to vote in 

respect of the number of shares registered 

in their name at that time. Changes to entries

in the register of members after that time shall be

registrar’s portal – www.signalshares.com.  

You will need your investor code which is 

printed on your share certificate or may be 

obtained by calling the Company’s registrar, 

Link Group (‘Link’) on 0371 664 0300.  Calls are

charged at the standard geographic rate and 

will vary by provider. Calls outside the 

United Kingdom will be charged at the 

applicable international rate.  Lines are open

between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday 

excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

All proxy appointments, whether electronic or 

responsibility of the CREST member concerned 

hard copy, must be received by the Company’s 

to take (or, if the CREST members is a CREST 

registrar no later than 11.00 a.m. on Monday 24 

personal member or sponsored member or has

April 2023 (or, in the event that the meeting is 

appointed a voting service provider(s) takes(s)) 

adjourned, no later than 48 hours (excluding any 

such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a

part of the day that is not a working day) before 

  message is transmitted by means of the CREST 

the time of any adjourned meeting).

system by an particular time.  In this connection, 

5.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy

or proxies for the meeting (or any adjournment

of it) through the CREST electronic proxy

appointment service may do so by using the

procedures described in the CREST Manual.

CREST members and where applicable, their 

CREST sponsors or voting service providers are 

referred, in particular, to those sections of the 

CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of 

the CREST system and timings.

disregarded in determining the rights of any 

• 

Link has launched a shareholder app: LinkVote+. 

CREST personal members or other CREST

7.  The Company may treat a CREST Proxy Instruction

person to attend or vote (and the number of votes

It’s free to download and use and gives 

they may cast) at the meeting.  

shareholders the ability to access their 

2.  Appointment of proxies

shareholding record at any time and allows 

users to submit a proxy appointment quickly and 

A member is entitled to appoint another person

easily online rather than through the post.  The 

as his or her proxy to exercise all or any of his or

app is available to download on both the Apple 

her rights to vote at the meeting.  A proxy need

App Store and Google Play.

not be a member of the Company.  A member

  may appoint more than one proxy in relation to

the meeting provided that each proxy is 

appointed to exercise the rights attached to

• 

CREST members may use the CREST electronic

proxy appointment service as detailed in note 7 

below.

a different share or shares held by him or her.

• 

Proxymity Voting - if you are an institutional

To appoint more than one proxy, each different

investor you may also be able to appoint a proxy

proxy instruction must be received by the 

electronically via the Proxymity platform, a 

Company’s registrars at: Link Group, PXS 1, 

process which has been agreed by the Company 

Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 

and approved by the Registrar. For further 

4DL no later than 48 hours before the time 

information regarding Proxymity, please go to 

appointed for the meeting (excluding non-working 

www.proxymity.io. Your proxy must be lodged

days).  You will need to state clearly the number 

by 11:00 a.m on Monday 24 April 2023 in order

of shares in relation to which the proxy is 

to be considered valid or, if the meeting is

appointed.  A failure to specify the number

adjourned, by the time which is 48 hours before

of shares each proxy appointment relates to

the time of the adjourned meeting. Before you

or specifying a number which when taken

can appoint a proxy via this process you will need

together with the number of shares set out in the

to have agreed to Proxymity’s associated terms 

other proxy appointments is in excess of 

and conditions. It is important that you read these

those held by the member, may result in the

carefully as you will be bound by them and they 

proxy appointment being invalid.  A proxy may

will govern the electronic appointment of your 

only be appointed in accordance with the 

proxy. An electronic proxy appointment via the 

procedures set out in notes 4 to 7 below and the

Proxymity platform may be revoked completely 

notes to the form of proxy.

3.  The appointment of a proxy will not preclude a

  member from attending and voting in person at

by sending an authenticated message via the 

platform instructing the removal of your proxy

 vote.

the meeting if he or she so wishes

• 

If you prefer, you may request a hard copy form 

from Link using the numbers shown above and 

return it to Link Group, PXS 1, Central Square, 29

sponsored members, and those CREST members

as invalid in the circumstances set out in 

who have appointed a voting service provider(s),

Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities  

should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting 

Regulations 2001.

service provider(s), who will be able to take

appropriate action on their behalf.

8.  Unless otherwise indicated on the Form of Proxy,

CREST, Proxymity or any other electronic voting

6. 

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction

instruction, the proxy will vote as they think fit or,

  made using the CREST service to be valid, 

at their discretion or withhold from voting.

the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST Proxy

Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in

accordance with Euroclear UK & International

Limited’s specifications and must contain

the information required for such instructions,

as described in the CREST Manual.  The message,

regardless of whether it constitutes the 

appointment of a proxy or is an amendment to 

the instruction given to a previously appointed 

proxy, must, in order to be valid, be transmitted 

so as to be received by the Company’s Registrars,

9.  A shareholder which is a corporation may

authorise one or more persons to act as

its representative(s) at the meeting. Each such

representative may exercise (on behalf of the

corporation) the same powers as the corporation

could exercise if it were an individual shareholder, 

provided that (where there is more than one 

representative and the vote is otherwise than on 

a show of hands) they do not do so in relation to 

the same shares.

Link Group (CREST ID RA10) no later than 11.00 

10.  As at 8 March 2023 (being the last practicable date 

a.m. on Monday 24 April 2023) (or, if the meeting

before the publication of this notice), the

is adjourned, no later than 48 hours (excluding 

Company’s issued share capital consists of 

any part of the day that is not a working day) 

36,968,772 ordinary shares of 10 pence each.

before the time of any adjourned meeting).  For 

As the Company holds 493,150 ordinary shares

this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to 

in treasury, in respect of which it cannot exercise

be the time (as determined by the timestamp 

any votes, the total voting rights in the Company

applied to the message by the CREST Applications

as at 8 March 2023 are 36,475,622 .

Host) from which Link Group is able to retrieve 

the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner 

prescribed by CREST.  After this time, any change

 of instructions to proxies appointed through 

CREST should be communicated to the 

appointee through other means. CREST members 

and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or 

voting service providers should note that 

Euroclear UK & International Limited does not 

11.  You may not use any electronic address provided

either in this notice of general meeting or any

related documents to communicate with the

Company for any purposes other than those

expressly stated.

4. 

In order to reduce the Company’s environmental

impact, our intention is to remove paper from the

voting process as far as possible.  You are 

therefore asked to vote in one of the following

ways:

172

  Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL.

  make available special procedures in CREST for 

any particular messages.  Normal system timings

and limitations will therefore apply in relation 

to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions.  It is the  

173

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTIONS TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

GENERAL NOTES

Car:

Train:

Bus:

Leave the M6 at Junction 23 

Newton-le-Willows railway station 

The nearest bus service to 

and take the A49 south towards 

is located 1.3 miles away from 

Woodlands Park is located on 

Newton, Woodlands Park is on the 

Woodlands Park on Southworth 

Cobden Street, 0.8 miles from 

left in approximately 0.3 miles. On 

Road, WA12 9SF.

Woodlands Park, operating the 

entering the estate, Laurel House 

is accessed from the fourth exit of 

the roundabout.

number 22 service into

Newton-le-Willows.

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Annual General Meeting

Interim Results Announced

26 April 2023

26 July 2023

Laurel House, Woodlands Park, Ashton Road,

Newton-Le-Willows, WA12 0HH.

01925 22 22 22  www.nicholsplc.co.uk

174

175

 
 
 
NOTES

176

177

W E   M A K E   L I F E

t
a
s
t
e

B
E
T
T
E
R